JP2016163649A - Game system, exchange control device and program - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game system which facilitates search of a partner with whom exchange for acquiring a desired game card may be easily established.SOLUTION: An acquisition target game object selection reception part 350 receives selection of an acquisition target card which is a game card which is a target of acquisition by a first user from other user by exchange, from the first user identified by a first user ID out of plural user IDs. An exchange partner candidate selection part 360 selects a second user ID as an exchange partner candidate, when the acquisition target card is included in provision candidate cards associated with a second user ID out of plural user IDS, and at least one of provision candidate cards associated with the first user ID is included in desired cards associated with the second user ID. A display control part 320 executes control for displaying information related to the exchange partner candidate selected by the exchange partner candidate selection part 360 on a display part used by the first user.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 16

Description

  The present invention relates to a game system, an exchange control device, and a program.

  A game having an exchange function capable of exchanging a game object associated with one user and a game object associated with another user is known (see, for example, Patent Document 1). In such a game, for example, game objects such as game cards, game characters, or game items can be exchanged.

  For example, in the game as described above, the user A presents game objects that may be provided to other users from among the game objects owned by the user A. When the user B applies to the user A for exchange, the user B selects a game object (obtained game object) to be obtained from the game objects exhibited by the user A and owns the game object The game object (providing target game object) that may be provided to the user A is selected. In this case, if the user A accepts the exchange between the acquisition target game object and the provision target game object, the exchange is executed between the user A and the user B.

JP 2014-000103 A

  In the above-described exchange, even when the user (exchange partner) who is exhibiting the game object to be acquired by the user (exchange applicant) can be found, the exchange object is desired to be provided by the exchange applicant. If it is not a game object to be exchanged, there is a high possibility that the exchange is not accepted and is not established. Whether or not the exchange is successful depends on the value of obtaining the acquisition target game object instead of releasing the provision target game object for the exchange applicant and the provision target game object instead of releasing the acquisition target game object for the exchange partner. It is determined by the balance with the value of being put into the game, and it can be said that the excitement of exchange is to decide what is the acquisition target game object and what is the provision target game object. If nothing can be provided, there is often no room for negotiations, and in many cases, such an exchange application is simply a waste of time. As described above, if the user cannot make an exchange application for which the exchange application is easily established, and the exchange application is not established, the motivation for using the exchange application may be reduced.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and its purpose is to assist a user so that it is easy to find a partner who is likely to be exchanged for obtaining a desired game object. To provide a game system, an exchange control device, and a program.

  In order to solve the above problems, a game system according to the present invention is a game system that executes a game in which game objects can be exchanged between user identification information, and is associated with each of the plurality of user identification information. First storage means for storing one or more game objects set as provision candidate game objects from among game objects associated with the user identification information by a user identified by the identification information; and the plurality of user identification information A second storage means for storing one or more game objects set as desired game objects by a user identified by the user identification information, and a first user among the plurality of user identification information Identified by the identification information An acquisition target game object selection receiving means for receiving selection of an acquisition target game object, which is a game object to be acquired from another user by exchange of the first user, and the first user identification information and the game object An exchange partner candidate that is a candidate for exchange is selected from among the other user identification information of the plurality of user identification information, and the acquisition target game object and the other user identification information are associated with each other. Exchange partner candidate selection means for selecting based on a provision candidate game object, the desired game object associated with the other user identification information, and the provision candidate game object associated with the first user identification information; , Selected by the exchange partner candidate selection means Display control means for executing control for causing the display means used by the first user to display information relating to the exchange partner candidate, wherein the exchange partner candidate selection means is a first of the plurality of user identification information. Among the provision candidate game objects associated with two-user identification information, the acquisition target game object is included, and among the desired game objects associated with the second user identification information, the first user identification When at least one of the provision candidate game objects associated with information is included, the second user identification information is selected as the exchange partner candidate.

  The exchange control device according to the present invention is a exchange control device that executes control related to exchange of game objects between user identification information, and is identified by the user identification information in association with each of the plurality of user identification information. Means for acquiring storage contents of a first storage means for storing one or more game objects set as provision candidate game objects from among the game objects associated with the user identification information, and the plurality of the user identification information Means for acquiring storage contents of second storage means for storing one or more game objects set as desired game objects by a user identified by the user identification information, and a plurality of the user identifications In the first user identification information of the information An acquisition target game object selection receiving means for receiving selection of an acquisition target game object which is a game object to be acquired from another user by exchange from the first user identified by the first user; An exchange partner candidate that is a candidate of an opponent who exchanges user identification information and game objects is selected from the other user identification information of the plurality of user identification information, and the acquisition target game object and the other user Selection based on the provision candidate game object associated with identification information, the desired game object associated with the other user identification information, and the provision candidate game object associated with the first user identification information Exchange partner candidate selection means and the exchange partner candidate selection means Display control means for executing control for causing the display means used by the first user to display information related to the exchange partner candidate selected by the first user, wherein the exchange partner candidate selection means includes the plurality of user identifications. Among the provision candidate game objects associated with the second user identification information in the information, the acquisition target game object is included, and among the desired game objects associated with the second user identification information, When at least one of the provision candidate game objects associated with the first user identification information is included, the second user identification information is selected as the exchange partner candidate.

It is a figure which shows the whole game system structure. It is a figure which shows an example of a menu screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the 1st user's desired card list screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the 2nd user's desired card list screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of an exchange menu screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the display screen image of a 1st user. It is a figure which shows an example of the display screen image of a 2nd user. It is a figure which shows the information of the card | curd linked | related with a 1st user and a 2nd user. It is a figure which shows an example of an exhibition card search screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of a search result display screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application content selection screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application content confirmation screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application list screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application acceptance screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of an exchange completion screen image. It is a functional block diagram of the game system concerning a 1st embodiment. It is a figure which shows an example of a game object information table. It is a figure which shows an example of a user information table. It is a figure which shows an example of a possession game object information table. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application information table. It is a sequence diagram of the registration process of a desired card. It is a sequence diagram of the registration process of an exhibition card. It is a sequence diagram of a selection process for replacement application candidates. It is a sequence diagram of exchange application processing. It is a sequence diagram of exchange execution control processing. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application acceptance screen image which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application content correction screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application content confirmation screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application list screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application acceptance screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of an exchange completion screen image. It is a functional block diagram of the game system concerning a 1st embodiment. It is a sequence diagram of the exchange application process by a counter offer. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application content selection screen image.

  Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention (hereinafter referred to as embodiments) will be described with reference to the drawings. In the drawings, the same or corresponding components are denoted by the same reference numerals, and repeated description may be omitted.

[1. First Embodiment]
First, based on FIG. 1 thru | or FIG. 25, the game system 1 which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention is demonstrated.

[1.1. Overall configuration of game system]
FIG. 1 is a diagram showing an overall configuration of a game system 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the game system 1 according to the first embodiment includes a server 30 (an example of an exchange control device), a first terminal 10-1, and a second terminal 10-2. The server 30, the first terminal 10-1, and the second terminal 10-2 are connected to the network N. Therefore, mutual data communication is possible between the server 30 and the first terminal 10-1 and the second terminal 10-2. In the following description, contents common to the first terminal 10-1 and the second terminal 10-2 may be referred to as the terminal 10 and described.

  The server 30 is realized by a server computer, for example. As shown in FIG. 1, the server 30 includes a control unit 31, a storage unit 32, and a communication unit 33.

  The control unit 31 includes, for example, at least one microprocessor and executes processing according to an operating system and other programs. The storage unit 32 includes a main storage unit (for example, a RAM) and an auxiliary storage unit (for example, a hard disk drive or a solid state drive), and stores programs and data. The communication unit 33 is for performing data communication via the network N.

  The terminal 10 is a computer used by a user. In the present embodiment, the terminal 10 is a computer used by a user to play a game. The terminal 10 includes, for example, a mobile phone (including a smartphone), a portable information terminal (including a tablet computer), a home game machine (stationary game machine), a portable game machine, an arcade game machine, a desktop computer, Alternatively, it is realized by a laptop computer. In the following, a case where a mobile phone (smartphone) provided with a touch panel is the terminal 10 and a program supplied from the server 30 is executed on the mobile phone (smartphone) will be described.

  As illustrated in FIG. 1, the terminal 10 includes a control unit 11, a storage unit 12, a communication unit 13, an input unit 14, and a display unit 15.

  The control unit 11 and the communication unit 13 have the same functions as the control unit 31 and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. The storage unit 12 includes a main storage unit (for example, a RAM) and an auxiliary storage unit (for example, a non-volatile semiconductor memory), and stores programs and data. For example, when the terminal 10 is realized by a home game machine (stationary game machine), an arcade game machine, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, or the like, the storage unit 12 includes a hard disk drive or the like as an auxiliary storage unit. It is good also as including.

  The input unit 14 includes, for example, a touch panel, buttons, and the like, and is used by a user to perform an input operation such as a game operation. Further, the input unit 14 may be for the user to perform an input operation by voice or gesture. When the terminal 10 is realized by a home game machine (stationary game machine), a portable game machine, an arcade game machine, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, or the like, the input unit 14 has a key A lever, a game controller (game pad), a mouse, or the like may be included. The display unit 15 is, for example, a liquid crystal display panel or an organic EL display, and displays a screen according to instructions from the control unit 11. Note that the input unit 14 and the display unit 15 do not have to be built in the terminal 10, and may be provided as external devices connected to the terminal 10.

  The program and data are supplied to the server 30 or the terminal 10 via the network N, for example. The server 30 or the terminal 10 may include a component for reading a program or data stored in an information storage medium (for example, an optical disk or a memory card). And you may make it supply a program and data to the server 30 or the terminal 10 via an information storage medium.

[1.2. Outline of game executed in game system 1]
In the game system 1, a game is executed by displaying a game screen on the display unit 15 of the terminal 10 based on data provided from the server 30 based on a request from the terminal 10.

  The game system 1 can execute various games. For example, in the game system 1, a game in which a game object is associated with user identification information is executed. In the game system 1, a game is executed in which game objects can be exchanged between user identification information. That is, in the game system 1, a game having an exchange function capable of exchanging a game object associated with one user identification information and a game object associated with other user identification information is executed.

  The “user identification information” is information that allows a computer included in the game system 1 to uniquely identify a user. For example, a user ID, a user account, a user email address, and the like correspond to “user identification information”. The user's name can also correspond to “user identification information”.

  A “game object” is a target that can be used in a game. For example, a “game object” can be an object of exchange between users in a game. Further, for example, a “game object” is given to a user in a game. Specifically, for example, a game card, a game character, a game item, or the like corresponds to an example of “game object”.

  For example, in the game system 1, information related to the game object (for example, identification information for identifying the game object or information indicating the performance of the game object) is stored in association with the user identification information. . In this case, the “game object associated with the user identification information” is a game object in which the above information is stored in association with the user identification information.

  The “game object associated with the user identification information” can be restated as a game object owned by the user identified by the user identification information. The “game object owned by the user” is a game object that can be used exclusively by the user, sold, transferred, or exchanged. In other words, the “game object owned by the user” is a game object that is permitted to be used only by the user.

  For example, in the game system 1, a game object is given to the user and a game using the game object to which the user is given is executed. Specifically, for example, in the game system 1, a user collects game cards (game characters) and adventures using the game cards owned by the user, or plays against game cards owned by other users. The game to be executed is executed.

  The game executed in the game system 1 has a game character exchange function, and the game characters can be exchanged between the user identification information in the game.

  The “game character” is a character used in a game executed in the game system 1. The “game character” can also be said to be a game object that is indispensable in the progress of the game. In other words, it can be said that the “game character” is an indispensable game object for the user to play the above game.

  The game character may be associated with a plurality of parameters indicating characteristics in a game executed in the game system 1.

  Here, the “parameter indicating the characteristics in the game” is data representing the characteristics of the game character in the game. The “characteristic” includes, for example, information such as the ability, type, rarity, and special skill of the game character.

  For example, the attack power, defense power, etc. of the game character correspond to an example of the above “ability”. Further, for example, the attributes (darkness attribute, fire attribute) of the game character correspond to an example of the above “type”. Further, for example, the rarity of the game character, the selling price, etc. correspond to an example of the “rareness”. Further, for example, the skill, skill level, etc. of the game character correspond to an example of the “special skill”.

  Further, the “game character” may be an object that can be registered in the user's deck in a game in which the user plays against another user (or computer). For example, the “deck” is a combination of game characters selected from a game character owned by the user with a predetermined number as an upper limit. For example, in the above battle game, an attack deck used for an attack at the time of battle and a defense deck used for defense may be organized. In this case, in the above-described battle game, for example, when a user attacks an opponent (another user or a computer), it is calculated based on the attack power of the game character that is a member of the user's attack deck. The total attack power may be compared with the total defense power calculated with respect to the defense power of the game character that is a member of the opponent's defense deck. Specifically, if the total attack power of the user's attack deck is greater than the total defense power of the opponent's defense deck, the user wins, and the total attack power of the user's attack deck is the total attack power of the opponent's defense deck. If it is smaller than the defense power, the opponent may win. In addition, it is good also as determining the damage which a user gives to an opponent by comparing the total attack power of a user's attack deck with the total defense power of an opponent's defense deck. The user may win the opponent when the total amount of damage received by the opponent reaches a predetermined amount.

  The “game character” may be a game object associated with a parameter whose value can be updated by the user playing the game (hereinafter referred to as a growth parameter). For example, the experience value, level, attack power, defense power, and the like of the game character can be updated by the user using the game character in the game, and thus correspond to an example of the growth parameter.

  On the other hand, the “game item” may be a game object having an effect of updating the value of the growth parameter of the game object. In addition, the “game item” can be said to be a game object that assists the progress of the game executed in the game system 1. In other words, it can be said that the “game item” is a game object that can be used arbitrarily when the user plays the above-described game.

  In the example described below, it is assumed that the game character is provided to the user in the form of a game card. A “game card” is a two-dimensional or three-dimensional object displayed in a card shape on a game screen displayed on a display device. The card shape is, for example, an ellipse (including a circle), a polygon, or the like. It may have a surface (including a rectangle).

  Hereinafter, the above exchange function will be described based on the game screen images shown in FIGS. The game screen image is displayed on the display unit 15 of the terminal 10 based on data transmitted from the server 30 to the terminal 10.

  In the example of the game described below, the first user operates the first terminal 10-1, and the second user operates the second terminal 10-2. 2 to 14, the first user is described as “user Ua”, and the second user is described as “user Ub”.

  In the game described below, first, each of the first user and the second user registers a game card (hereinafter referred to as a desired card) that the user desires to obtain. Next, each of the first user and the second user registers a game card (exhibition card) to be exhibited in an exchange transaction (trade) from among the game cards owned by the first user and the second user. Here, the “game card to be exhibited” is provided to other users in exchange for, for example, a user (for example, a first user) obtaining a game card from another user (for example, a second user). It is a game card that permits that.

  Next, when the first user selects a game card (acquisition target card) to be obtained from another user by exchange, the game system 1 selects a desired card among the users who use the acquisition target card as an exhibition card. The user included in the exhibition card of the first user is selected as an exchange partner candidate, and the selected exchange partner candidate is presented to the first user. Then, the first user selects one user (exchange partner, here referred to as the second user) from the exchange partner candidates, and further the game that the second user desires to obtain from the game cards exhibited by the second user A card (acquisition target card) is selected, and a game card (provision target card) desired to be provided to the first user in exchange for the acquisition target card is selected from among the game cards owned by the second user. Thereafter, the first user applies to the second user for exchange between the acquisition target card and the provision target card.

  Next, when the second user confirms the contents of the exchange applied for by the first user and then approves, the acquisition target card selected from the game cards owned by the second user and the first user Exchange with the offer target card selected from the game cards owned is executed.

[1.2.1. Game card registration]
First, the flow of processing in which the first user (user Ua) and the second user (user Ub) respectively register the desired card and the exhibition card will be described with reference to FIGS.

  FIG. 2 shows an example of the menu screen image G1000. A menu screen image G1000 shown in FIG. 2 is displayed on the display unit 15 of the terminal 10. As shown in FIG. 2, the menu screen image G1000 includes a processing object P1001 and a processing object P1002.

  Here, the “processing object” is, for example, an image, a symbol, text, or the like associated with processing. For example, when the processing object P1001 is selected, processing associated with the processing object P1001 is executed. Specifically, icons, links, buttons, and the like correspond to examples of “processing objects”.

  The processing object P1001 is associated with processing in order to proceed to editing a list of cards associated with the user. For example, the list may include cards that the user registers as desired cards, cards that satisfy specific conditions, and the like. The “desired card list” of the user is information indicating one or more game cards that the user desires to obtain. Further, for example, the user's “desired card list” can be said to be information indicating one or more game cards that the user wants to obtain from another user in exchange for providing the user with a game card. Further, the above-mentioned “card satisfying a specific condition” means a card having specific attribute information (for example, specific special effects, special skills, classification, name, etc.), parameters associated with the card (for example, card performance, A parameter indicating a rarity, value, etc.) may be a card in a specific range, a card belonging to a specific group, or the like. In the example described below, it is assumed that a process for editing a list of cards included in the user's “desired card list” is associated with the process object P1001.

  The process object P1002 is associated with a process for proceeding to the exchange menu. The exchange menu can be used for various processing related to exchanges, such as registering game cards to be exhibited by the user, searching for exchange partners and applying for exchanges, and checking the contents of exchanges requested by other users. It is for advancing.

  Next, an example of a screen image displayed when the processing object P1001 of the menu screen image G1000 shown in FIG. 2 is selected will be described. 3 shows an example of a screen image displayed on the first terminal 10-1, and FIG. 4 shows an example of a screen image displayed on the second terminal 10-2.

  FIG. 3 shows an example of the desired card list screen image G1100 displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 when the processing object P1001 of the menu screen image G1000 is selected. As shown in FIG. 3, the desired card list screen image G1100 includes a display area A1110 and processing objects P1101 and P1102.

  In the display area A1110, game cards registered as “desired cards” of the user Ua are displayed. The game card registered as the “desired card” is a game card selected by the user Ua from all or some of the game cards that can be used in the game system 1, for example. In the example shown in FIG. 3, the “desired card” of the user Ua includes game cards Ca, Cb, and Cc. When editing the contents of the “desired card” list, the user Ua selects the processing object P1101 and selects a desired game card from the list of game cards that can be added as the “desired card”. The content of the “desired card” of the user Ua may be updated by adding or selecting and deleting a game card to be deleted from the “desired card”.

  When the processing object P1102 is selected, the screen image (menu screen image G1000) before the desired card list screen image G1100 is displayed on the display unit 15.

  FIG. 4 shows an example of the desired card list screen image G2100 displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 when the processing object P1001 of the menu screen image G1000 is selected.

  As shown in FIG. 4, the desired card list screen image G2100 includes a display area A2110 and processing objects P2101 and P2102. The display area A2110 and the processing objects P2101 and P2102 correspond to the display area A1110 and the processing objects P1101 and P1102 in FIG. 3, respectively. Then, a game card registered as the “desired card” of the user Ub is displayed in the display area A2110 of the desired card list screen image G2110 shown in FIG. In the example illustrated in FIG. 4, the “desired card” of the user Ub includes game cards Cx and Cy.

  Next, an example of a screen image displayed when the processing object P1002 of the menu screen image G1000 shown in FIG. 2 is selected will be described.

  FIG. 5 shows an example of the exchange menu screen image G1200 displayed on the display unit 15 of the terminal 10 when the processing object P1002 of the menu screen image G1000 is selected. As shown in FIG. 5, the exchange menu screen image G1200 includes processing objects P1201, P1202, and P1203.

  The processing object P1201 is associated with processing for displaying an exhibition screen image for registering a game card to be exhibited from game cards owned by the user. Details of the exhibition screen image will be described later.

  The processing object P1202 is associated with processing for displaying a search screen image for the user to search for game cards that other users have exhibited. Details of the search screen image will be described later.

  The processing object P1203 is associated with processing for displaying a replacement application list screen image for displaying a list of replacement applications received by the user from other users. Details of the exchange application list screen image will be described later.

  Next, an example of a screen image displayed when the processing object P1201 of the exchange menu screen image G1200 illustrated in FIG. 5 is selected will be described. In the following, FIG. 6 shows an example of a screen image displayed on the first terminal 10-1, and FIG. 7 shows an example of a screen image displayed on the second terminal 10-2.

  FIG. 6 shows an example of an exhibition screen image G1300 displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 when the processing object P1201 of the exchange menu screen image G1200 shown in FIG. 5 is selected. As shown in FIG. 6, the exhibition screen image G1300 includes a display area A1310 and processing objects P1301 and P1302.

  In the display area A1310, a list of game cards owned by the user Ua is displayed. FIG. 6 shows an exhibition screen image G1300 when the user Ua owns the game cards Cx and Cy. Therefore, in the example of the exhibition screen image G1300 shown in FIG. 6, the display area A1310 includes a display area A1311 that displays information about the game card Cx and a display area A1312 that displays information about the game card Cy. Yes.

  The display area A1311 includes a check box P13111 for selecting a game card (exhibition card) for exhibiting the game card Cx. Similarly, the display area A1312 includes a check box P13121 for selecting the game card Cy as an exhibition card. In the example shown in FIG. 6, a game card can be selected as an exhibition card by checking a check box corresponding to the game card. Specifically, in the example shown in FIG. 6, the game cards Cx and Cy are selected as exhibition cards. When the processing object P1301 is selected, a game card whose check box is checked is registered in the server 30 as an exhibition card for the user Ua.

  When the processing object P1302 is selected, the screen image (exchange menu screen image G1200) before the exhibition screen image G1300 is displayed on the display unit 15.

  When a plurality of game cards are registered as user exhibition cards, the plurality of game cards may not be registered at the same timing. That is, when a plurality of game cards are registered as the user's exhibition cards, the user can register one or more game cards as the exhibition cards in a plurality of times. In other words, even after one or more game cards are registered as exhibition cards, the user can further register one or more game cards as exhibition cards.

  FIG. 7 shows an example of an exhibition screen image G2300 displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 when the processing object P1201 of the exchange menu screen image G1200 shown in FIG. 5 is selected. As shown in FIG. 7, the exhibition screen image G2300 includes a display area A2310 and processing objects P2301 and P2302. The display area A 2310 and the processing objects P2301 and P2302 correspond to the display area A1310 and the processing objects P1301 and P1302 in FIG. 6, respectively.

  In the display area A2310, a list of game cards owned by the user Ub is displayed. FIG. 7 shows an exhibition screen image G2300 when the user Ub owns the game cards Ca and Cb. Therefore, in the example of the exhibition screen image G2300 shown in FIG. 7, the display area A2310 includes a display area A2311 that displays information about the game card Ca and a display area A2312 that displays information about the game card Cb. Yes.

  The display area A2311 includes a check box P23111 for selecting the game card Ca as a game card (exhibit card) to be exhibited. Similarly, the display area A2312 includes a check box P23121 for selecting the game card Cb as an exhibition card. In the example shown in FIG. 7, a game card can be selected as an exhibition card by checking a check box corresponding to the game card. Specifically, in the example shown in FIG. 7, the game cards Ca and Cb are selected as the exhibition cards. When the processing object P2301 is selected, a game card whose check box is checked is registered in the server 30 as an exhibition card for the user Ub.

  Here, FIG. 8 shows game card information registered for each of the user Ua and the user Ub. In the example shown in FIG. 8, there are an example of an owned card list indicating a list of owned cards registered for the user Ua and the user Ub, a desired card list indicating a list of desired cards, and an exhibited card list indicating a list of exhibited cards. It is shown. The desired card list and the exhibition card list of each user may be registered by each user based on the screens of FIGS.

[1.2.2. Exchange application]
Next, the flow of processing in which the first user (user Ua) mainly applies to another user for replacement will be described with reference to FIGS. Hereinafter, an example of a screen image displayed when the processing object P1202 is selected in a state where the exchange menu screen image G1200 illustrated in FIG. 5 is displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 will be described. .

  FIG. 9 shows an example of an exhibition card search screen image G1400 displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 when the processing object P1202 of the exchange menu screen image G1200 shown in FIG. 5 is selected. As shown in FIG. 9, the exhibition card search screen image G1400 includes a search condition input area A1401 and processing objects P1402 and P1403.

  The search condition input area A1401 is an area for inputting a search condition (for example, the name of a game card) for a game card to be obtained from the game cards registered as exhibition cards in the server 30. When the processing object P1402 is selected in a state in which text is input in the search condition input area A1401, the first terminal 10-1 displays an item including, for example, the text input in the search condition input area A1401 in the name of the game card. The server 30 is requested to search for a card.

  The “obtainable card” is a game card that the first user desires to obtain by exchanging game cards with other users. In other words, it is a game card that the first user wants to transfer by exchange.

  When the processing object P1403 is selected, the screen image (exchange menu screen image G1200) before the exhibition card search screen image G1400 is displayed on the display unit 15.

  Next, an example of a screen image displayed when the processing object P1402 of the exhibition card search screen image G1400 shown in FIG. 9 is selected will be described.

  FIG. 10 shows an example of a search result display screen image G1500 displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 when the processing object P1402 of the exhibition card search screen image G1400 shown in FIG. 9 is selected. . As shown in FIG. 10, the search result display screen image G1500 includes a display area A1510 and a processing object P1501. When the processing object P1501 is selected, the previous screen image is displayed on the display unit 15.

  The display area A1510 is an area in which the user Ua displays a list of users that are candidates for game card exchange partners (exchange partner candidates). Here, the exchange partner candidate is a user who has exhibited a game card (acquisition target card) that satisfies the search condition set by the user Ua in the exhibition card search screen image G1400 shown in FIG. And it is a user who contains at least 1 among the desired cards of user Ua in an exhibition card. In the example shown in FIG. 10, the display area A1510 includes the user Ub displayed in the display area A1511, the user Ud displayed in the display area A1512, and the user Ue displayed in the display area A1513. It is shown that it was elected as an opponent candidate. Thus, in the game system 1, the user Ua is a user who has registered the game card (Ca) to be acquired as an exhibition card, and at least one of the user's “desired cards” is the user Ua's “exhibition” The users included in the “card” are selected and presented to the user Ua as exchange partner candidates. Since the user Ua and the selected exchange partner candidate are prepared to provide each other's desired cards, the user Ua applies for the exchange of the game card to the selected exchange partner candidate. There is a high possibility that a game card will be exchanged.

  Here, in the display area A1511, a display area A15111 for displaying information on the “acquisition target card” of the user Ua exhibited by the user Ub selected as the exchange partner candidate of the user Ua, and the desired card of the user Ub are displayed. Among them, a display area A15112 for displaying information on the game cards exhibited by the user Ua is included. Here, in the display area A15111, as information on the “acquisition target card” of the user Ua exhibited by the user Ub, for example, information on parameters associated with the game card such as the level of the game card, the special skill level of the game card, etc. Is displayed.

  Similarly, in the display area A1512, a display area A15121 for displaying information on the “acquisition target card” of the user Ua exhibited by the user Ud selected as the exchange partner candidate of the user Ua, and a desired card of the user Ud , A display area A15122 for displaying information on the game cards exhibited by the user Ua is included. In the display area A1513, the display area A15131 for displaying information on the “acquisition target card” of the user Ua exhibited by the user Ue selected as the exchange partner candidate of the user Ua, and the desired card of the user Ud , A display area A15132 for displaying information on the game cards exhibited by the user Ua is included. In the following example, the user Ua selects the display area A1511 to select the user Ub as a game card exchange partner (that is, an exchange application partner). Hereinafter, this case will be described.

  FIG. 11 shows an example of a replacement application content selection screen image G1600 displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 when the display area A1511 of the search result display screen image G1500 shown in FIG. 10 is selected. Show. As shown in FIG. 11, the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 includes a provision target card selection screen image A1610, an acquisition target card addition screen image A1620, and processing objects P1601 and P1602. When the processing object P1602 is selected, the previous screen is displayed on the display unit 15.

  The provision target card selection screen image A1610 has a game card (provision target card) to be provided to the user Ub in the exchange of the game card with the user Ub selected by the user Ua as the game card exchange partner. It is a screen image for selecting from cards.

  As shown in FIG. 11, in the provision target card selection screen image A1610, a display area A1611 that displays a list of exhibition cards of the user Ua and a display area A1612 that displays a list of owned cards other than the exhibition cards of the user Ua. And are included. In addition, for the game card displayed on the provision target card selection screen image A1610, information on the game card (for example, level, skill level, etc.) is displayed and whether the game card is selected as the provision target card. A check box P16002 for designating whether or not is provided is provided. Then, by checking the check box P16002 corresponding to the game card, it becomes possible to select the corresponding game card as the provision target card. Among the game cards displayed on the provision target card selection screen image A1610, a frame image P16001 surrounding the game card is displayed for a game card that is a desired card of the user Ub. For example, in the example shown in FIG. 11, the frame images P16001 are displayed on the game cards Cx, Cy, Cz, and the user Ua can recognize that these are the desired cards of the user Ub.

  Further, the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620 shows a game card (acquisition target card) to be obtained from the user Ub in the exchange of the game card with the user Ub selected by the user Ua as the game card exchange partner. It is a screen image for adding to the acquisition object card | curd already selected. Note that the game card searched based on the search condition input on the exhibition card search screen G1400 shown in FIG. 9 is included in the “already selected acquisition target card”.

  As shown in FIG. 11, the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620 includes a display area A1621 that displays a list of game cards that the user Ua has already selected as acquisition target cards, and among the exhibition cards of the user Ub, A display area A1622 that displays a list of game cards that are not selected as the acquisition target cards of the user Ua is included. In addition, for the game card displayed on the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620, information on the game card (for example, level and skill level) is displayed, and whether the game card is selected as the acquisition target card. A check box P16002 for designating whether or not is provided is provided. Then, by checking the check box P16002 corresponding to the game card, it becomes possible to select the corresponding game card as the acquisition target card. Among the game cards displayed on the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620, a frame image P16001 surrounding the game card is displayed for the game card that is the desired card of the user Ua. For example, in the example shown in FIG. 11, the frame images P16001 are displayed on the game cards Ca, Cb, and Cc, and the user Ua recognizes that these are desired cards that he / she has registered. Can do.

  As described above, the user Ua can arbitrarily select the card to be provided to be exchanged with the user Ub, which is the exchange partner, from the cards owned by the user Ua. At this time, the user Ua can recognize which of the cards owned by the user Ua among the cards owned by the user Ua, and by appropriately selecting these as the cards to be provided, the game card can be exchanged. Can be increased. Further, the user Ua can arbitrarily select an acquisition target card to be acquired from the user Ub from among the game cards exhibited by the user Ub. At this time, the user Ua can recognize which of the user Ub's desired cards is the user Ua's desired card, and the value of the game card obtained by the user Ub and the game card obtained by the exchange by the user Ua By making it easier to balance the value of the game card, it is possible to improve the feasibility of exchanging game cards.

  In the exchange application content selection screen image G1600, the user Ua selects the processing object P1601 in a state where the provision target card and the acquisition target card are selected (that is, the check box P16002 of the game card to be selected is checked). Thus, the selection of the provision target card and the acquisition target card is confirmed.

  Next, FIG. 12 shows an exchange application content confirmation screen image displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 when the processing object P1601 of the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG. 11 is selected. An example of G1700 is shown. The exchange application content confirmation screen image G1700 is a screen image for confirming the content of the exchange that the user Ua applies to the user Ub.

  The exchange application content confirmation screen image G1700 shown in FIG. 12 includes a display area A1710 and processing objects P1701 and P1702. When the processing object P1702 is selected, the previous screen image is displayed on the display unit 15.

  The display area A1710 includes a display area A1711 indicating information on the acquisition target card selected in the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620 and a display area A1712 indicating information on the provision target card selected in the provision target card selection screen image A1610. It is. In addition, in the display area A1711, for the card Ca registered in the “desired card list” of the user Ua, the frame image P17001 is displayed around it. Similarly, in the display area A1712, the frame image P17001 is displayed around the card Cx registered in the “desired card list” of the user Ub.

  When the processing object P1701 is selected on the exchange application content confirmation screen image G1700, the exchange application for the user Ub is accepted from the user Ua with the content displayed in the display area A1710. The above is an example of the procedure of the exchange application by the user. In the game system 1, a user who is an exchange application source (for example, user Ua) may be able to make a plurality of exchange applications for a user who is an exchange application destination (for example, user Ub). For example, in the game system 1, a first exchange application for exchanging a first provision target card and a first acquisition target card as an exchange application for a user who is an exchange application destination from a user who is an exchange application source, The second exchange application for exchanging the second provision target card and the second acquisition target card may be accepted. In this case, the first acquisition target card and the second acquisition target card may be the same, and the first provision target card and the second provision target card may be different. In the above case, the first acquisition target card and the second acquisition target card may be different, and the first provision target card and the second provision target card may be the same. In the above case, the first acquisition target card and the second acquisition target card may be different, and the first provision target card and the second provision target card may be different. In the above, the first provision target card (or the first provision target card) is different from the first provision target card (or the first acquisition target card and the second acquisition target card). This means that any game card included in the (acquisition target card) and any game card included in the second provision target card (or the second acquisition target card) are not the same.

[1.2.3. Confirmation and acceptance of exchange application]
Next, the flow of confirmation and acceptance of the exchange application for the second user, which is mainly performed based on the operation of the second user (user Ub), will be described with reference to FIGS. Hereinafter, an example of a screen image displayed when the processing object P1203 is selected while the exchange menu screen image G1200 illustrated in FIG. 5 is displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 will be described. .

  FIG. 13 shows an example of a replacement application list screen image G2400 displayed when the processing object P1203 of the replacement menu screen image G1200 is selected. As shown in FIG. 13, the exchange application list screen image G2400 includes a display area A2410 and a processing object P2401. When the processing object P2401 is selected, the previous screen image is displayed on the display unit 15.

  In display area A2410, a list of exchange applications with user Ub as the application destination is displayed. The display area A2410 includes display areas A2411 and A2412 for displaying the contents of each replacement application.

  FIG. 13 shows a case where an exchange application is made from the user Ua and the user Uc to the user Ub. For this reason, information on replacement applications from the user Ua is displayed in the display area A2411, and information on replacement applications from the user Uc is displayed in the display area A2412. In the display area A2410, among the game cards for which the user Ub has received an application for replacement from another user, the frame image P24001 is displayed for the game card registered by the user Ub in the “desired card”. It is displayed around. Thereby, the user Ub can recognize whether or not it is an exchange application for which his / her “desired card” can be obtained. Further, in the display area A2410, the frame image P24001 may be displayed around the “desired card” of other users (for example, the users Ua and Uc) who apply to the user Ub for exchange. Thereby, the user Ub can recognize which game card the user applying for the exchange desires.

  In the exchange application list screen image G2400 shown in FIG. 13, by selecting one of the exchange applications displayed in the display area A2410, a screen image for determining whether to accept the selected exchange application (exchange application acceptance screen) An image G2500) is displayed.

  FIG. 14 shows an example of the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500. The exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 shown in FIG. 14 is displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 when the user Ub selects the display area A2411 in the exchange application list screen image G2400 shown in FIG. It is a screen image.

  As shown in FIG. 14, the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 includes a display area A2510 and processing objects P2501, P2502, and P2503. When the processing object P2503 is selected, the previous screen image is displayed on the display unit 15.

  The display area A2510 is an area for displaying information on a replacement application that is a target for determining whether or not to accept. In the display area A2510, a display area A2511 that displays information about a game card that the user Ub obtains from the user Ua that is the exchange partner, and information about the game card that the user Ub provides to the user Ua that is the exchange partner Is included.

  The user Ub selects the processing object P2501 when accepting the exchange application displayed in the display area A2510. In addition, when the user Ub does not accept (reject) the exchange application displayed in the display area A2510, the user Ub selects the processing object P2502. When the processing object P2502 is selected, the exchange application displayed in the display area A1510 is updated from the waiting state for acceptance to the state of acceptance rejection, and the exchange application source user Ua receives an exchange application from the user Ub. You will be notified that you have been denied. Further, when the exchange application is in a state of rejection of acceptance, for example, information on the exchange application in a state of rejection of rejection is not displayed in the display area A2410 of the exchange application list screen image G2400 shown in FIG.

  When the processing object P2501 is selected in the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 of FIG. 14 and the exchange application displayed in the display area A2510 is accepted, game card exchange based on the accepted exchange application is executed. When the game card is exchanged, an exchange completion screen image G2600 shown in FIG. 15 is displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2.

  As shown in FIG. 15, the exchange completion screen image G2600 includes a display area A2610 for displaying the contents of the exchange completed, and a processing object P2601 for returning to the menu screen image G1000 shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 15, in the display area A2610, the user Ub who accepted the exchange application accepts the exchange application and the display area A2611 where the information of the game card obtained from the user Ua who is the exchange application source is displayed. The display area A2612 where the information of the game card provided by the user Ub provided to the user Ua who is the exchange application source is displayed is included.

  In the above-described example, when a user selects a game card as a desired card or an exhibition card, the game card is directly selected. However, the game card selection method is not limited to this. For example, the user designates a condition that the game card selected as the desired card and the exhibition card satisfies, and selects a game card that satisfies the designated condition as the desired card and the exhibition card, respectively. Also good. For example, the above-mentioned “condition that the game card is satisfied” includes a card having specific attribute information (for example, a specific special effect, a special skill, a classification, a name, etc.), a parameter associated with the card (for example, the performance of the card). , A parameter indicating a rarity level, a value, etc.) may be designated in a specific range, a card belonging to a specific group, or the like. Similarly, when the user selects the acquisition target card and the provision target card, the conditions for satisfying the game card selected as the acquisition target card and the conditions for satisfying the game card selected as the provision target card are specified. A game card may be selected as the acquisition target card and the provision target card.

  The above is an example of game card exchange executed in the game system 1.

[1.3. Functions realized in game system 1]
Next, a configuration provided in the game system 1 for realizing the functions as described above will be described.

  FIG. 16 is a functional block diagram showing functions related to the present invention among the functions realized by the game system 1.

  As shown in FIG. 16, the server 30 functions as a data storage unit 310, a display control unit 320, a provision candidate game object selection reception unit 330, a desired game object selection reception unit 340, an acquisition target game object selection reception unit 350, an exchange. Partner candidate selection unit 360, exchange partner selection reception unit 370, provision target game object selection reception unit 380, acquisition target game object addition reception unit 390, exchange application reception unit 400, exchange application selection reception unit 410, consent reception unit 420, and An exchange execution unit 430 is included. In the server 30, the control unit 31 executes processes according to programs stored in the storage unit 32, thereby realizing the functions described above.

  As shown in FIG. 16, the first terminal 10-1 functions as a display control unit 110, a provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 130, a desired game object selection result notification unit 150, and an acquisition target game object selection result notification. Unit 170, exchange partner selection result notification unit 180, provision target game object selection result notification unit 190, acquisition target game object addition result notification unit 200, and exchange application notification unit 210. In the first terminal 10-1, the control unit 11 executes processing according to a program stored in the storage unit 12, thereby realizing each function described above.

  Also, as shown in FIG. 16, the second terminal 10-2 functions as a display control unit 120, a provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 140, a desired game object selection result notification unit 160, and an exchange application selection result notification unit 220. , And a consent result notification unit 230. In the second terminal 10-2, the control unit 11 executes processing according to a program stored in the storage unit 12, thereby realizing each function described above.

  In the following, a case where the game object is a game card (an example of a game character data format) will be described as an example.

[1.3.1. Data storage unit 310]
The data storage unit 310 is mainly realized by the storage unit 32 of the server 30. The data storage unit 310 may be realized by a storage unit included in another device capable of data communication with the server 30. The data storage unit 310 stores various data necessary for a game executed in the game system 1. For example, the data storage unit 310 includes information on game cards used in games executed in the game system 1, information on game cards owned by the respective users, information on game cards desired to be obtained, and games with other users. Information for exchanging cards, information indicating the state of each user in the game, information for controlling a game executed using the game card, and the like are stored.

  For example, in the data storage unit 310, a game card (an example of a game object) associated with each of a plurality of user IDs (an example of user identification information) and associated with the user ID by a user identified by the user ID. One or more game cards set as a provision candidate card (an example of a provision candidate game object) are stored.

  Further, for example, the data storage unit 310 stores one or more game cards set as a desired card (an example of a desired game object) by the user identified by the user ID in association with each of the plurality of user IDs. The

  Hereinafter, the game object information table TBL101, the user information table TBL102, the owned game object information table TBL103, and the exchange application information table TBL104, which are examples of data stored in the data storage unit 310, will be described.

[1.3.1.1. Game object information table TBL101]
FIG. 17 shows an example of the game object information table TBL101 stored in the data storage unit 310. The game object information table TBL101 is a data table that stores information associated with a game card provided in a game.

  Various types of information stored in association with the game card identification information correspond to “information associated with the game card”. In the example shown in FIG. 17, the game object information table TBL101 is associated with a “card ID” that uniquely identifies a game card, a “name” of the game card, a “card image” that specifies image data of the game card, “Rareness” of game cards, “Number of circulation” of game cards, “Special skills” of game cards, “Attack power” of game cards, “Defense power” of game cards, “Cost” of game cards, “ Information on items such as “sale price” and “appearance date” of the game card is stored. Note that the information associated with the game card is not limited to the information illustrated in FIG.

  The above “rare degree” corresponds to the rarity information indicating the rarity of the game card. The “circulation number” is information indicating the number of game cards present in the game. For example, the “number of circulation” also corresponds to information indicating the rarity of the game card. The smaller the “circulation number”, the higher the rarity of the game card.

  The above “special skill” indicates the presence and type of the special skill possessed by the game card. In a game in which a game card and other game cards (referred to as enemies) play against each other, the “special skill” can be said to be a special effect that occurs when a game is played against an enemy. The “attack power” is information indicating attack power when attacking an enemy. The “defense power” is information indicating the defense power when an attack is received from an enemy.

  The above “cost” is information indicating the level of expense required to use the game card. For example, in the case of a game in which a deck is constructed using a game card, the above “cost” indicates the amount of expense necessary for incorporating the game card into the deck. In addition, for example, in the case of a game in which a game card is used to play against another game card, the above “cost” indicates the level of cost required for the game card to participate in the battle.

  The “sale price” is the amount obtained when the game card is sold. For example, the “sale price” may be represented by virtual money distributed in the game. The “appearance date and time” is information indicating the date and time when the game card first appeared in the game. That is, the “appearance date and time” is information indicating the date and time when the game card can be provided to the user.

[1.3.1.2. User information table TBL102]
FIG. 18 shows an example of the user information table TBL102 stored in the data storage unit 310. The user information table TBL102 is a data table that stores information associated with a user who plays a game. For example, the “information associated with the user” includes a list of identification information of the user's desired card.

  The “desired card” is a game card that the user desires to obtain. The desired card may be a game card that is arbitrarily selected by the user from all the game cards that can be used in the game executed in the game system or a part of the game cards.

  As shown in FIG. 18, in the user information table TBL102, a “user name” indicating the name of the user in association with a “user ID” that uniquely identifies the user, and the game card that the user desires to obtain are displayed. Information about items such as “desired card list” which is a list of identification information is stored.

[1.3.1.3. Owned game object information table TBL103]
FIG. 19 shows an example of the owned game object information table TBL103 stored in the data storage unit 310. The owned game object information table TBL103 is a data table that stores information on game cards owned by the user.

  In the example shown in FIG. 19, in the possessed game object information table TBL103, a “card ID” that uniquely identifies the type of game card owned by the user in association with a “user ID” that uniquely identifies the user, a card "Serial number" that uniquely identifies each game card with the same ID, "Card level" that indicates the level of the game card itself, "Special skill level" that indicates the level of special skill of the game card, and the date and time when the game card was obtained Information about items such as “acquisition date and time” indicating “exhibition flag” and “exhibition flag” indicating whether or not a game card is selected as an exhibition card is stored. When the user owns a plurality of the same game cards, the “card ID” of the game cards is the same, but the “serial number” is different.

  The “card level” is an index indicating the level of performance of a game card, for example. For example, the “card level” is represented by a numerical value. For example, the attack power and defense power of the game card correspond to an example of “performance of the game card”. The “special skill level” is an index indicating the magnitude of the effect of the special skill of the game card, for example. The card level associated with the game card and the value of the special skill level are updated in response to the user who owns the game card executing the game.

  For example, when a user obtains a game card selected by a lottery method from a plurality of types of game cards using a lottery ticket for obtaining a game card, the date and time when the lottery is executed is the above-mentioned “ It is stored in “Acquisition Date”. Further, for example, when a user obtains a game card as a reward by achieving a task in a game, the date and time when the task is achieved is stored in the “acquisition date and time”. Further, for example, when a user obtains a game card by exchanging a game card with another user, the date and time when the game card is exchanged is stored in the “acquisition date and time”.

  As the “exhibition flag”, for example, “1” is stored when a game card is selected as an exhibition card, and “0” is stored when the game card is not selected as an exhibition card. The “exhibition card” is a game card that permits the user to provide the other user in exchange for obtaining the game card from the other user. Further, the information on the “exhibition flag” is updated based on information received by a provision candidate game object selection receiving unit described later.

[1.3.1.4. Exchange application information table TBL104]
FIG. 20 shows an example of the exchange application information table TBL104 stored in the data storage unit 310. The exchange application information table TBL104 is a data table that stores information on game card exchange applications performed between users.

  “Game card replacement application” refers to applying for a game card replacement. For example, “game card replacement application” means one or more game cards (exhibition cards) selected by the first user from among game cards owned by the second user and whose exhibition flag is set to “1”. The first user exchanges the game card (acquisition target card) with one or more game cards (provided target card) selected by the first user from among the game cards owned by the first user. It is to apply for. And when a 2nd user accepts the exchange application from a 1st user, exchange with an acquisition object card | curd and a provision object card | curd is performed between a 1st user and a 2nd user.

  In the example shown in FIG. 20, the exchange application information table TBL 104 is associated with the “exchange application ID” that uniquely identifies the exchange application, and is the user who applied for the exchange (that is, the user who applied for the exchange. “Applicant user ID” for identifying the application user (which may be referred to as the application source user), “Application for identifying the exchange partner user (that is, the user who receives the application for the exchange and may be referred to as the application destination user hereinafter) “Destination User ID”, “Acquisition Target Card” indicating a game card that the application source user intends to obtain from the application destination user, “Provision Target Card” indicating a game card that the application source user intends to provide to the application destination user, exchange Information about items such as “application reception date” indicating the application reception date and “status flag” indicating the status of the exchange application is stored. The information stored in the exchange application information table TBL104 may be registered based on information received by the exchange application receiving unit 400 described later.

  In the item “card to be obtained”, the card ID and serial number of the game card selected as the card to be obtained are stored. Similarly, the item “provided card” stores the card ID and serial number of the game card selected as the provided card.

  In the item of “status flag”, the status of the exchange application is “waiting for acceptance (flag value = 0)”, “accepted (flag value = 1)”, “rejection or cancellation (flag value = 2)”. , The corresponding numerical value is stored. For example, when a replacement application (hereinafter referred to as a target replacement application) is received from the application source user, the value of the “status flag” is initially set to “0”. When the application user accepts the exchange application, the value of the “status flag” is updated to “1”. That is, if the “status flag” is “1”, it means that the exchange application has been accepted and the exchange has been executed. In addition, if the application user rejects the replacement application, or if the application user accepts another replacement application and it becomes impossible to execute the replacement according to the replacement application, the “status flag” will be displayed. It is updated to “2”.

[1.3.2. Display control unit 320, 110, 120]
The display control unit 320 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30.

  The display control unit 320 executes control for displaying the screen image on the display device used by the user.

  The “display device used by the user” is, for example, a terminal used by the user and a terminal provided with a display unit. For example, a mobile phone (including a smartphone), a tablet computer, a laptop computer, or a portable game machine corresponds to an example of “a display device used by a user”. Alternatively, the “display device used by the user” is, for example, a display device connected to a terminal used by the user. For example, a display device connected to a stationary game machine or a desktop computer corresponds to an example of a “display device used by a user”.

  “Executing control for displaying a screen image on a display device used by a user” means, for example, generating a screen image and displaying the screen image on the display device. Alternatively, “execute control for displaying a screen image on a display device used by a user” means, for example, generating data for displaying a screen image and connecting the data to the display device or the display device. The screen image is displayed on the display device by transmitting to the terminal. In the case of the present embodiment, since the display control unit 320 is realized by the server 30, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying a screen image and transmits the generated data to the terminal 10. Thus, the screen image is displayed on the display unit 15 of the terminal 10.

  The display control unit 110 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, and the communication unit 13 of the first terminal 10-1.

  The display control unit 110 executes control for displaying a screen image on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1. For example, the display control unit 110 receives the data transmitted by the display control unit 320 of the server 30, and displays a screen image on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 based on the received data. For example, the screen images illustrated in FIGS. 2, 3, 5, 6, and 9 to 12 correspond to an example of a screen image displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 by the display control unit 110.

  The display control unit 120 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, and the communication unit 13 of the second terminal 10-2.

  The display control unit 120 executes control for displaying the screen image on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2. For example, the display control unit 120 receives the data transmitted by the display control unit 320 of the server 30, and displays a screen image on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 based on the received data. For example, the screen images illustrated in FIGS. 2, 4, 7, and 13 to 15 correspond to an example of a screen image displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 by the display control unit 120.

[1.3.3. Provided candidate game object selection receiving unit 330 and provided candidate game object selection result notifying units 130 and 140]
The provision candidate game object selection receiving unit 330 is realized mainly by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. On the other hand, the provision candidate game object selection result notifying unit 130 is realized mainly by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1. The provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 140 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the second terminal 10-2.

  The provision candidate game object selection receiving unit 330 selects at least one of the game cards associated with the first user ID (an example of the first user identification information) as an exhibition card (an example of the provision candidate game object). Is received from the first user identified by the first user ID.

  Further, the provision candidate game object selection receiving unit 330 selects at least one of the game cards associated with the second user ID (an example of the second user identification information) as an exhibition card (an example of the provision candidate game object). Is received from the second user identified by the second user ID.

  Here, the “first user ID” is user identification information of the first user. That is, the first user ID is identification information of a user who wants to obtain a game object (acquisition target card) selected by the first user from another user by exchanging game cards. Further, for example, the first user identification information can be said to be user identification information on the side applying for the exchange of the game object by exchanging the game object with another user.

  The “second user ID” is any user ID other than the first user ID among the plurality of user IDs managed by the server 30. The second user ID is a user ID that can be a replacement candidate for the first user. It can also be said to be a user ID for which a first user may apply for a game card exchange. The second user ID is the user ID of the second user. That is, the user identified by the second user ID is the second user.

  The “exhibition card” is a game card that is a candidate that the user provides to other users by exchanging among the game cards owned by the user. That is, it is a game card that the user thinks may be provided to other users by exchanging the game card. In other words, it is a game card that allows other users to select as an acquisition target card from among the game cards owned by the user.

  “Accepting selection of a game card from the user” means, for example, accepting an operation of selecting a game card from the user. Alternatively, “accepting selection of a game card from a user” means, for example, receiving data indicating that a game card has been selected from the user's terminal. In the case of the present embodiment, the provision candidate game object selection receiving unit 330 is realized by the server 30. Therefore, as will be described below, the provision candidate game object selection receiving unit 330 indicates that the exhibition card has been selected. Is received from the first terminal 10-1 (providing candidate game object selection result notifying unit 130) and the second terminal 10-2 (providing candidate game object selecting result notifying unit 140).

  In accepting selection of an exhibition card from the first user, an exhibition screen image G1300 for selecting at least one of the game cards associated with the first user ID as an exhibition card is displayed on the first terminal 10-1. Control for this is executed by the display control unit 320.

  For example, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the exhibition screen image G1300 and transmits the generated data to the first terminal 10-1. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the first terminal 10-1 displays the exhibition screen image G1300 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 based on the received data.

  While the exhibition screen image G1300 is displayed, the provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 130 selects an exhibition card from among the game cards (the first user's possession card) associated with the first user ID. Is received through the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1. For example, in the case of the exhibition screen image G1300, an operation of checking the check box corresponding to the game card and selecting the processing object P1301 corresponds to the above operation.

  When an operation for selecting an exhibition card is accepted, the provision candidate game object selection result notifying unit 130 transmits information indicating the selection result of the exhibition card to the server 30. For example, the provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 130 transmits to the server 30 the user ID of the first user (user Ua) and information on the exhibition card selected by the first user. Here, “exhibition card information” is, for example, the card ID and serial number of the game card selected as the exhibition card.

  Then, the provision candidate game object selection receiving unit 330 receives the information (user ID, card ID, serial number) transmitted by the provision candidate game object selection result notifying unit 130, thereby receiving the selection of the exhibition card. In this case, the provision candidate game object selection accepting unit 330 searches the possessed game object information table TBL103 for a record storing the received user ID, card ID, and serial number information, and “exhibition flag” of the retrieved record. The value of is updated to “1”.

  Further, the provision candidate game object selection accepting unit 330 accepts the selection of the second user's exhibition card from the provision candidate game object selection result notifying unit 140 of the second terminal 10-2. The selection notification process of the second user's exhibition card by the provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 140 of the second terminal 10-2 is the same as the process by the provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 130 of the first terminal 10-1. Since there is, explanation is omitted.

[1.3.4. Desired game object selection receiving unit 340 and desired game object selection result notifying units 150 and 160]
The desired game object selection receiving unit 340 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. On the other hand, the desired game object selection result notification unit 150 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1. The desired game object selection result notification unit 160 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the second terminal 10-2.

  The desired game object selection accepting unit 340 selects the at least one of the game cards that can be used in the game system 1 as a desired card (an example of a desired game object). Accept from user. Note that the game card selected by the user as the desired card may be a game card that is not owned by the user, and is arbitrarily selected from all or some of the game cards that the user can use in the game system 1. It is good that it can be selected.

  The desired game object selection receiving unit 340 is identified by the second user ID to select at least one of the game cards available in the game system 1 as a desired card (an example of a desired game object). Accept from the second user.

  Since desired game object selection receiving unit 340 is realized by server 30, as will be described below, desired game object selection receiving unit 340 provides data indicating that a desired card has been selected to first terminal 10. -1 (desired game object selection result notification unit 150) and the second terminal 10-2 (desired game object selection result notification unit 160).

  In accepting selection of a desired card from the first user, a desired card list screen image G1100 for selecting at least one of the game cards available in the game system 1 as the desired card is displayed on the first terminal 10-1. The display control unit 320 executes control for causing the display control to occur.

  For example, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the desired card list screen image G1100 and transmits the generated data to the first terminal 10-1. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the first terminal 10-1 displays the desired card list screen image G1100 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 based on the received data.

  When the processing object P1101 in the desired card list screen image G1100 is selected, the desired card list can be edited, and the desired game object selection result notifying unit selects the desired card by the first user on the desired card list editing screen. It is monitored whether or not an operation to be received is accepted via the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1.

  When an operation for selecting a desired card is accepted, the desired game object selection result notifying unit 150 transmits information indicating the desired card selection result to the server 30. For example, the desired game object selection result notifying unit transmits the user ID of the first user (user Ua) and information on the desired card selected by the first user to the server 30. Here, “desired card information” is, for example, the card ID of the game card selected as the desired card.

  The desired game object selection receiving unit 340 receives the information (user ID, card ID) transmitted by the desired game object selection result notifying unit 130, thereby receiving the selection of the desired card. In this case, the desired game object selection accepting unit 340 searches the user information table TBL102 for a record storing the received user ID information, and enters the received “card ID” in the “desired card list” of the retrieved record. "Is written.

  In addition, the desired game object selection receiving unit 340 receives the selection of the desired card of the second user from the desired game object selection result notification unit 160 of the second terminal 10-2. Since the desired game object selection result notification unit 160 of the second terminal 10-2 is similar to the processing of the desired game object selection result notification unit 150 of the first terminal 10-1, the second user's desired card selection notification process is the same. Description is omitted.

[1.3.5. Acquisition target game object selection receiving unit 350 and acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 170]
The acquisition target game object selection receiving unit 350 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. The acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 170 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1.

  The acquisition target game object selection receiving unit 350 receives from the first user identified by the first user ID selection of the acquisition target game object that is a game object to be acquired from the other user by the first user by exchange. .

  Since the acquisition target game object selection reception unit 350 is realized by the server 30, the acquisition target game object selection reception unit 350 is obtained from the exhibition cards registered in the server 30 as described below. Data for selecting the target card is received from the first terminal 10-1 (obtain target game object selection result notifying unit 170).

  For example, “data for selecting an acquisition target card” is identification information (card ID) for identifying a game card selected as an acquisition target card by the first user from among the exhibition cards registered in the server 30. It may be a search condition for searching for an acquisition target card from among the exhibition cards registered in the server 30. For example, the search condition may be specified by any one or a combination of attribute information such as the card name, rare degree, circulation number, special skill, attack power, defense power, cost, sale price, appearance date and time of the game card. Good. In the following, an example in which an acquisition target card is selected based on a search condition set by the first user will be described.

  In accepting selection of an acquisition target card from the first user, an exhibition card search screen G1400 for selecting at least one of the exhibition cards registered in the server 30 as an acquisition target card is displayed on the first terminal 10-1. Control for display is executed by the display control unit 320.

  For example, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the exhibition card search screen G1400, and transmits the generated data to the first terminal 10-1. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the first terminal 10-1 displays the exhibition card search screen G1400 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 based on the received data.

  In the exhibition card search screen G1400, the acquisition target game object selection result notifying unit 170 performs an operation in which the first user inputs a search condition (for example, a card name) in the search condition input area A1401 and selects the processing object P1402. To monitor whether it is received through the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1. When the above operation is accepted, the acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 170 transmits a search condition for selecting the acquisition target card to the server 30.

  For example, the acquisition target game object selection receiving unit 350 searches the game object information table TBL101 for a card ID that satisfies a search condition (for example, a card name) transmitted from the acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 170. The received card ID may be accepted as an acquisition target card selected by the first user.

[1.3.6. Exchange partner candidate selection section 360]
The exchange partner candidate selection unit 360 is mainly realized by the control unit 31 and the storage unit 32 of the server 30.

  The exchange partner candidate selection unit 360 selects the user ID of the exchange partner candidate who is the candidate of the partner who exchanges the first user ID and the game object from the user IDs other than the first user ID and the acquisition target card. The selection is made based on the provision candidate card associated with the other user ID, the desired card associated with the other user ID, and the provision candidate card associated with the first user ID.

  The “exchange partner candidate” is a user who can be selected as a game card exchange partner for the first user to obtain the acquisition target card. For example, the exchange partner candidate is a user who is selected from users who have registered the acquisition target card in the exhibition card.

  For example, the exchange partner candidate selection unit 360 determines that “the determination result whether or not the acquisition card is included in the exhibition card associated with the other user ID” and the “desired card associated with the other user ID” The exchange partner candidate may be selected based on the determination result of whether or not there is one or more game cards included in both the exhibition card associated with the first user ID.

  The latter determination result can also be said to be a determination result of whether or not the desired card associated with another user ID includes at least one of the exhibition cards associated with the first user ID. Alternatively, the latter determination result can be said to be a determination result of whether or not at least one of the desired cards associated with other user IDs is included in the exhibition card associated with the first user ID.

  For example, the exchange partner candidate selection unit 360 includes the acquisition target card among the exhibition cards associated with the second user ID different from the first user ID among the plurality of user IDs, and the second user ID. When at least one of the exhibition cards associated with the first user ID is included in the desired card associated with, the second user ID is selected as a candidate for exchange.

  Specifically, the exchange partner candidate selection unit 360 searches the owned game object information table TBL103 for a record whose exhibition flag is “1” for the card ID of the acquisition target card. Then, the exchange partner candidate selection unit 360, when the card ID of the exhibition card of the first user ID is included in the desired card list associated with the user ID included in the searched record in the user information table TBL102. The user ID is selected as an exchange partner candidate.

  In addition, the display control unit 320 displays information related to the exchange partner candidate selected by the exchange partner candidate selection unit 360 on the display unit 15 (an example of a display device used by the first user) of the first terminal 10-1. Execute control. For example, the search result display screen G1500 shown in FIG. 10 corresponds to an example of a screen image that displays information regarding the exchange partner candidate selected by the exchange partner candidate selection unit 360.

  In addition, the above-mentioned “information regarding the exchange partner candidate” is information regarding the user ID selected as the exchange partner candidate. For example, the user ID itself selected as the exchange partner candidate is included in the “information regarding the exchange partner candidate”. For example, various user information (for example, a user name, a user's avatar image, etc.) linked | related with the user ID elected as an exchange partner candidate is contained in said "information regarding an exchange partner candidate". It should be noted that the “information regarding the exchange partner candidate” may ensure the anonymity of the exchange partner candidate by not including information identifying the user such as the user ID and the user name.

  Further, for example, information related to the exhibition card associated with the user ID selected as the exchange partner candidate is included in the “information regarding exchange partner candidate”. Note that “information related to an exhibition card” refers to, for example, the card level, special skill level, card name, card image, rareness, circulation, special skill, attack power, defense power, cost, sale price, appearance date, etc. Contains information. The information on the card level and the special skill level of the exhibition card can be acquired from the record including the user ID selected as the exchange partner candidate and the card ID of the acquisition target card in the owned game object information table TBL103.

  Further, for example, information related to the desired card associated with the user ID selected as the exchange partner candidate is included in the “information regarding exchange partner candidate”. The “information regarding the desired card” includes, for example, information such as the card name of the desired card, card image, rarity, number of circulation, special skill, attack power, defense power, cost, sale price, appearance date and time.

  Note that the information displayed in the display areas A1511, A1512, and A1513 on the search result display screen G1500 shown in FIG. 10 corresponds to an example of the “information regarding the exchange partner candidate”. The information displayed in the display areas A15111, A15121, and A15131 on the search result display screen G1500 corresponds to an example of the “information related to the exhibition card”. The information displayed in the display areas A15112, A15122, and A15132 on the search result display screen G1500 corresponds to an example of the “information regarding desired card”.

[1.3.7. Exchange partner selection receiving unit 370 and exchange partner selection result notifying unit 180]
The exchange partner selection receiving unit 370 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. The exchange partner selection result notifying unit 180 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1.

  The exchange partner selection receiving unit 370 receives the selection of the exchange partner from the exchange partner candidates selected by the exchange partner candidate selecting unit 360 from the first user.

  The “exchange partner” is one user ID selected by the first user from user IDs that are exchange partner candidates. It can also be said that the first user is the user ID of the other party who applies for game card replacement.

  When selecting the exchange partner, the display control unit 320 displays, from the first user, a selection screen image for accepting selection of an exchange partner who is a partner to exchange game cards from among the exchange partner candidates. Control for displaying on the display unit 15 of −1 is executed.

  The “selection screen image” is a screen image for selecting one exchange partner from the exchange partner candidates. For example, a list of exchange partner candidates may be displayed on the selection screen image, and a user selected by the first user from the list may be selected as the exchange partner.

  Further, the “selection screen image” includes, for each of the exchange partner candidates, the desired card associated with the exchange partner candidate and the exhibition card associated with the first user ID. Information about included game cards is displayed.

  Here, “information about the game card” is at least a part of information associated with the game card. For example, the information associated with the game card includes information on the name of the game card, the image of the game card (image), and attribute information of the game card (parameters such as level, performance, type, special skill, level of special skill). included.

  In addition, in the selection screen image, information regarding the acquisition target card associated with the exchange partner candidate is displayed for each of the exchange partner candidates.

  The “information about the acquisition target card” is at least a part of information associated with the acquisition target card. For example, the information on the cards to be acquired includes parameters (for example, level, level of special skill, attack power, defense power, etc.) having different values depending on game cards having the same card ID but different serial numbers. As good as

  Since exchange partner selection accepting unit 370 is realized by server 30, as described below, exchange partner selection accepting unit 370 receives data indicating that an exchange partner has been selected, from first terminal 10-1. (Exchange partner selection result notifying unit 180).

  A search result screen image G1500 (an example of the above selection screen image) for selecting one of the exchange partner candidates selected by the exchange partner candidate selection unit 360 as the exchange partner when accepting the selection of the exchange partner from the first user. ) Is displayed on the first terminal 10-1 by the display control unit 320.

  For example, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the search result screen image G1500, and transmits the generated data to the first terminal 10-1. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the first terminal 10-1 displays the search result screen image G1500 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 based on the received data.

  For example, when one of the display areas for displaying information on the exchange partner candidates such as the display areas A1511, A1512, A1513 in the search result screen image G1500 is selected by the first user, the exchange partner selection result notifying unit 180 The user ID corresponding to the display area selected by the first user is transmitted to the server 30 as the user ID of the exchange partner.

  The exchange partner selection accepting unit 370 of the server 30 accepts the user ID notified by the exchange partner selection result notifying unit 180 as the user ID of the exchange partner selected by the first user.

[1.3.8. Providing target game object selection receiving unit 380 and providing target game object selection result notifying unit 190]
The provision target game object selection receiving unit 380 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. The provision target game object selection result notification unit 190 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1.

  The provision target game object selection receiving unit 380 receives, from the first user, selection of a provision target card that is a game card provided to the exchange partner from among the game cards associated with the first user ID.

  The “card to be provided” is a game card that the first user desires to provide in the exchange of the game card between the first user and the exchange partner. In other words, it is a game card that the first user wants to hand over in exchange.

  “Selection of provision target card” means, for example, selection of a provision target card. That is, at least one of the game cards associated with the first user ID is selected as a provision target card. In other words, in the exchange of the game card with the exchange partner, the game card to be presented to the exchange partner is selected from the game cards owned by the first user.

  Upon selection of the provision target card, the display control unit 320 displays a provision target card selection screen image for accepting selection of the provision target card from among the game cards associated with the first user ID. The control for displaying on the display unit 15 is executed.

  The “providing target card selection screen image” is a screen image displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 used by the first user to select a providing target card. For example, a list of game cards owned by the first user is displayed on the provision target card selection screen image, and the game card selected by the first user is selected as the provision target card from the displayed list. As good as For example, the provision target card selection screen image A1610 shown in FIG. 11 corresponds to an example of the provision target card selection screen image.

  The provision target card selection screen image displays a game card associated with the first user ID, and is included in a desired card associated with the user ID of the exchange partner among the game cards associated with the first user ID. The game card may be preferentially displayed or distinguished from other game cards.

  In addition, the offer card selection screen image displays an exhibition card associated with the first user ID, and among the exhibition cards associated with the first user ID, the desired card associated with the user ID of the exchange partner is displayed. The included game card may be preferentially displayed or distinguished from other game cards.

  Here, “preferential display of game cards with respect to other game cards” means to preferentially display a target game card over other game cards (that is, non-preferential target game cards). It is. For example, when both the target game card to be preferentially displayed and other game cards are displayed on the screen image, the target game card to be preferentially displayed is to be displayed with priority over other game cards. . For example, displaying the target game card to be preferentially displayed at a position that is more conspicuous than other game cards corresponds to an example of the above “priority display”. Further, for example, when game cards are displayed in accordance with the priority order (display order), the priority order (display order) of the target game card to be preferentially displayed may be set higher than other game cards. This corresponds to an example of “display”.

  In addition, for example, only the target game card to be preferentially displayed is displayed on the screen image, and other game cards (that is, non-priority target game cards) are not displayed on the screen image. Equivalent to.

  In addition, the above-mentioned “display the game card with respect to other game cards” means that the user can distinguish the game card to be displayed separately from other game cards (that is, game cards that are not to be displayed separately). Is to display.

  For example, changing the display mode (color, brightness, size, etc.) of a target game card to be displayed in a different manner from the display mode of other game cards corresponds to an example of the above “differential display”. In addition, for example, a display mode (color, brightness, size, shape, type, line thickness, etc.) such as a mark or a frame displayed in association with a target game card to be distinguished is associated with another game card. Changing the display mode such as a mark or a frame to be displayed corresponds to an example of the “discrimination display”. In addition, for example, a mark or a frame or the like is displayed in association with only a game card to be distinguished and displayed, and a mark or a frame or the like is not displayed in association with another game card corresponds to an example of the “discrimination display”. In addition, for example, displaying a mark or a frame in association with only another game card without displaying a mark or a frame in association with the game card to be distinguished is equivalent to an example of the above-described “differentiation display” To do. Further, for example, differentiating the area for displaying the game card to be displayed in a different manner from the area for displaying another game card corresponds to an example of the above-mentioned “differentiation display”.

  For example, when selecting the provision target card, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 including the provision target card selection screen image A1610, and uses the generated data as the first data. It transmits to the terminal 10-1. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the first terminal 10-1 displays the replacement application content selection screen image G1600 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 based on the received data.

  When the processing object P1601 in the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 is selected, the provision target game object selection result notification unit 190 checks the provision target card selection screen image A1610 included in the exchange application content selection screen image G1600. The card ID and serial number of the game card whose box is checked are transmitted to the server 30 as information on the card to be provided.

  The provision target card selection accepting unit receives the set of the card ID and serial number transmitted from the provision target game object selection result notifying unit 190 and accepts it as information on the provision target card.

  Note that, for example, the game card displayed on the provision target card selection screen image A1610 shown in FIG. 11 corresponds to the game card associated with the first user ID, and among the game cards associated with the first user ID. Displaying the cards Cx, Cy, Cz, which are desired cards associated with the user ID of the exchange partner, surrounded by the frame image P16001 corresponds to an example of the above “discrimination display”.

  Further, for example, the game card displayed in the display area A1611 shown in FIG. 11 corresponds to the exhibition card associated with the first user ID, and among the exhibition cards associated with the first user ID, the exchange partner user Displaying the cards Cx and Cy, which are the desired cards associated with the ID, surrounded by the frame image P16001 corresponds to an example of the above-described “discrimination display”.

[1.3.9. Acquisition target game object addition reception unit 390 and acquisition target game object addition result notification unit 200]
The acquisition target game object addition receiving unit 390 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. The acquisition target game object addition result notification unit 200 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1.

  The acquisition target game object addition receiving unit 390 receives, from the first user, selection of a game card to be added to the acquisition target from among the exhibition cards associated with the exchange partner user ID.

  When adding the acquisition target card, the display control unit 320 displays an acquisition target card addition screen image for accepting addition of the acquisition target card from among the exhibition cards associated with the exchange partner user ID. The control for displaying on one display unit 15 is executed.

  The “acquisition target card addition screen image” is a screen image displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 used by the first user to add the acquisition target card. For example, a list of exchange partner exhibition cards may be displayed on the acquisition target card addition screen image, and a game card selected by the first user from the displayed list may be added to the acquisition target card.

  In the acquisition target card addition screen image, an exhibition card associated with the user ID of the exchange partner is displayed, and among the exhibition cards associated with the user ID of the exchange partner, a desired card associated with the first user ID is displayed. Priority display or distinction display is made for other game cards.

  For example, when the above acquisition target card is additionally selected, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 including the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620. Transmit to one terminal 10-1. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the first terminal 10-1 displays the replacement application content selection screen image G1600 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 based on the received data.

  When the processing object P1601 in the replacement application content selection screen image G1600 is selected, the acquisition target card addition result notification unit 200 checks the check box in the replacement application content selection screen image G1600 included in the replacement application content selection screen image G1600. The card ID and serial number of the game card whose check box is checked are transmitted to the server 30 as information on the selected acquisition target card. Further, the acquisition target card addition result notification unit 200 adds the card ID and serial number of the game card whose check box is checked in the display area A1622 included in the exchange application content selection screen image G1600. It is good also as transmitting to the server 30 as information of a minute.

  The acquisition target card addition receiving unit 390 receives the set of the card ID and serial number transmitted from the acquisition target card addition result notification unit 200 and receives it as information on the acquisition target card.

  For example, the game card displayed on the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620 shown in FIG. 11 corresponds to an exhibition card associated with the user ID of the exchange partner, and further, an exhibition card associated with the user ID of the exchange partner. Of these, displaying the cards Ca, Cb, Cc, which are desired cards associated with the first user ID, surrounded by the frame image P16001 corresponds to an example of the above-mentioned “discrimination display”.

  In addition, the server 30 selects any combination of game cards from the first user as at least one of the acquisition target card and the provision target card in one exchange in the selection reception of the acquisition target card and the provision target card described above. Can be accepted. Note that “accept selection of a game card of any combination from the first user as at least one of the acquisition target card and the provision target card in one exchange” means one of the following three examples.

  [1] The selection of an arbitrary combination of game cards is accepted as an acquisition target card in a single exchange, and the selection of an arbitrary combination of game cards is also accepted as a provision target card in a single exchange.

  [2] With respect to the cards to be provided in one exchange, selection of an arbitrary combination of game cards is limited, but selection of an arbitrary combination of game cards is accepted as an acquisition target card in one exchange.

  [3] Regarding the acquisition target card in one exchange, selection of an arbitrary combination of game cards is limited, but selection of an arbitrary combination of game cards is accepted as a provision target card in one exchange.

  “Accept selection of game cards in any combination” means that the user can arbitrarily select the number of game cards to be selected and which game card to select when the user selects a game card, for example. Means.

  The above-mentioned “restricted selection of game cards of any combination” means, for example, when the user selects a game card, at least one of the number of game cards to be selected and which game card to select. This means that the user cannot select arbitrarily. For example, the number of selectable game cards is limited to a predetermined range (for example, two or less), the selectable game cards are limited, and the combinations of selectable game cards are limited This corresponds to an example of the above-mentioned “selection of arbitrary combinations of game cards is restricted”.

[1.3.10. Exchange application accepting unit 400 and exchange application notifying unit 210]
The exchange application receiving unit 400 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. On the other hand, the exchange application notification unit 210 is realized mainly by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1.

  The exchange application accepting unit 400 accepts, from the first user, an exchange application for the acquisition target card and the provision target card from the first user to the exchange partner.

  “Exchange application between acquisition target card and provision target card” refers to applying for replacement between the first user's provision target card and the exchange target acquisition target card.

  The “exchange application from the first user to the exchange partner” is an exchange application in which the first user is the applicant and the exchange partner is the applicant. In this case, whether or not to accept the exchange application from the first user is determined by the intention of the exchange partner. Further, “accepting an exchange application from the user” means, for example, accepting an operation for an exchange application from the user. For example, it is to receive data related to the exchange application from the user terminal device.

  For example, when the selection of the acquisition target card is received by the acquisition target game object addition receiving unit 390 and the selection of the supply target card is received by the provision target game object selection receiving unit 380, the display control unit 320 displays the exchange application content confirmation screen. Control for displaying the image G1700 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 is executed.

  Here, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the exchange application content confirmation screen image G1700, and transmits the generated data to the first terminal 10-1. In this case, the display control unit 120 of the first terminal 10-1 displays the replacement application content confirmation screen image G1700 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 based on the received data.

  While the exchange application content confirmation screen image G1700 is being displayed, the exchange application notifying unit 210 determines whether or not an operation for confirming that the exchange application is to be accepted is received via the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1. To monitor. For example, in the case of the exchange application content confirmation screen image G1700, an operation for selecting the processing object P1701 corresponds to the above operation.

  When an operation for confirming that an exchange application is to be made is accepted, the exchange application notifying unit 210 transmits information related to the exchange application to the server 30. The information transmitted here is selected as, for example, the user ID of the first user (user Ua) who is the exchange application source, the user ID of the second user (user Ub) who is the exchange partner, and the acquisition target card. Information on the selected game card and information on the game card selected as the provision target card. In this case, the exchange application accepting unit 400 accepts the exchange application by receiving the information transmitted by the exchange application notifying unit 210.

  When receiving a new exchange application, exchange application receiving unit 400 creates a new record in exchange application information table TBL104 based on the received exchange application, and registers information in the created record. For example, the exchange application accepting unit 400 issues a new exchange application ID, issues the exchange application ID issued, the user ID of the exchange application source user (application source user ID), and the user ID of the exchange application destination user (application destination) User ID), acquisition target card, provision target card, application reception date / time (may be the application reception date / time), and status flag (initial value = 0) are stored in the created new record.

[1.3.11. Exchange application selection acceptance unit 410 and exchange application selection result notification unit 220]
The exchange application selection receiving unit 410 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. Moreover, the exchange application selection result notification unit 220 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the second terminal 10-2.

  The exchange application selection accepting unit 410 accepts a selection of a plurality of exchange applications for the second user ID from the second user identified by the second user ID.

  The “exchange application for the second user ID” is an exchange application in which the game card associated with the second user ID is selected as the acquisition target card. For example, an exchange application that allows the second user to decide whether to accept or not. Further, for example, in the exchange application information table TBL104, the second user ID is stored in “application destination user ID”, and the exchange application ID whose “status flag” value is “0” corresponds to the above “second user ID” Corresponds to “replacement application”.

  Further, “accepting replacement application selection from the user” means, for example, accepting an operation for selecting the replacement application from the user. Alternatively, “accepting a replacement application selection from the user” means, for example, receiving data indicating that the replacement application has been selected from the user's terminal. In the case of the present embodiment, the exchange application selection receiving unit 410 is realized by the server 30. Therefore, as will be described below, the exchange application selection receiving unit 410 stores data indicating that the exchange application has been selected. Received from the second terminal 10-2 (exchange application selection result notification unit 220).

  In accepting the selection of the exchange application from the second user, the control for causing the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 to display the exchange application list screen image G2400 indicating the list of exchange applications for the second user ID is displayed control unit. Executed by 320.

  For example, the display control unit 320 is an exchange application in which the second user ID is stored as the application destination user ID based on the exchange application information table TBL104, and the value of the “status flag” is “0 (waiting for approval)” The data for displaying the exchange application list screen image G2400 indicating the list of at least one exchange application “is generated” is generated, and the generated data is transmitted to the second terminal 10-2. In this case, the display control unit 120 of the second terminal 10-2 displays the replacement application list screen image G2400 on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 based on the received data.

  The “exchange application list screen image” is a screen image configured to be able to display a list of exchange applications for the second user ID. For example, it is a screen image for selecting one of exchange applications for the second user ID. For example, it is a screen image for accepting any one of the exchange applications for the second user ID.

  In the “exchange application list screen image”, the exchange application in which the game card included in the desired card list of the second user among the exchange applications for the second user ID is selected as the card to be provided is preferentially displayed or displayed. A distinction is displayed.

  In addition, “priority display of an exchange application in which a game card included in the desired card list is selected as the provision target card” means that the game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as the provision target card. The application is displayed with priority over other exchange applications (exchange applications in which a game card included in the “desired card list” is not selected as a card to be provided). For example, only the exchange application in which the game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as the card to be provided is displayed, and no other exchange application is displayed, which corresponds to an example of the “priority display”. For example, displaying a replacement application in which a game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as a card to be provided in a more conspicuous position than other replacement applications corresponds to an example of the “priority display”. For example, when the exchange application is displayed according to the priority order (display order), the priority order (display order) of the exchange application in which the game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as the provision target card is changed to another. Making it higher than the exchange application also corresponds to an example of the above “priority display”.

  For example, in the exchange application list screen image G2400 shown in FIG. 13, the exchange application in which the game cards Cx and Cy included in the “desired card list” of the user Ub are selected as cards to be provided is displayed at the top. This corresponds to an example of the above “priority display”.

  In addition, “display a replacement application in which a game card included in the desired card list is selected as a provision target card” means that the game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as a provision target card. The application is displayed so that the user can distinguish it from other exchange applications (exchange applications in which a game card included in the “desired card list” is not selected as a card to be provided). For example, changing the display mode (color, brightness, size, etc.) of an exchange application in which a game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as a card to be provided to another display mode of an exchange application This corresponds to an example of “discrimination display”. In addition, for example, a display mode (color, brightness, size, shape, type, etc.) of a mark or a frame displayed in association with an exchange application in which a game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as a card to be provided Changing the line thickness or the like) to a display mode such as a mark or a frame displayed in association with another exchange application corresponds to an example of the above-described “discrimination display”. Further, for example, a mark or a frame is displayed only in association with an exchange application in which a game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as a card to be provided, and a mark or a frame is not displayed in association with another exchange application. This also corresponds to an example of the above “discrimination display”. Or, the game card included in the “desired card list” does not display the mark or frame in association with the exchange application selected as the card to be provided, but displays the mark or frame in association with only another exchange application. This also corresponds to an example of the “discrimination display” described above. Further, for example, it is also possible to make the area for displaying the exchange application in which the game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as the card to be provided different from the area for displaying other exchange applications. It corresponds to an example.

  For example, in the exchange application list screen image G2400 shown in FIG. 13, the frame image P24001 is displayed on the game cards Cx and Cy included in the “desired card list” of the user Ub. Equivalent to.

  Further, for example, in the exchange application list screen image G2400 shown in FIG. 13, the frame image P24001 is also displayed for the desired card of the user who is the exchange application source (for example, the user Ua or the user Uc) and displayed separately from other game cards. You may make it do.

  While the exchange application list screen image G2400 is displayed, the exchange application selection result notifying unit 220 performs an operation of selecting the exchange application from among the exchange applications for the second user ID by the input unit 14 of the second terminal 10-2. It is monitored whether it was accepted through For example, in the case of the replacement application list screen image G2400, an operation for selecting any replacement application displayed in the display area A2410 corresponds to the above operation.

  When an operation for selecting a replacement application is received, the replacement application selection result notifying unit 220 transmits information indicating the selection result of the replacement application to the server 30. For example, the exchange application selection result notifying unit 220 transmits an exchange application ID for identifying the selected exchange application to the server 30. In this case, the exchange application selection accepting unit 410 receives the exchange application by receiving the information transmitted by the exchange application notifying unit 210.

  In addition, when selection of one replacement application among the replacement applications for the second user ID is received by the replacement application selection receiving unit 410, the display control unit 320 displays a replacement application acceptance screen indicating the contents of the one replacement application. Control for displaying the image G2500 on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 is executed.

  The “exchange application acceptance screen image” is a screen image configured to display the contents of the exchange application for the second user ID. For example, it is a screen image for confirming the contents of the exchange application for the second user ID. For example, it is a screen image for accepting the exchange application for the second user ID.

  For example, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500, and transmits the generated data to the second terminal 10-2. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the second terminal 10-2 displays the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 based on the received data.

  For example, in the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500, the game cards included in the “desired card list” of the second user among the game cards selected as the cards to be provided in one exchange application are displayed with priority display or distinction display. Is done. For example, a frame image is displayed on the game card Cx included in the “desired card list” of the user Ub among the game cards Cx and Ce selected as the cards to be provided in the display area A2511 in the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 shown in FIG. P25001 is displayed and the frame image P25001 is not displayed on the game card Ce that is not included in the “desired card list” of the user Ub, which corresponds to an example of the above “discrimination display”.

  Further, for example, the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 includes a frame image for game cards included in the “desired card list” of the user Ua among game cards provided to the user Ua who is the exchange application source by the user Ub. P25001 may be displayed.

[1.3.12. Consent Accepting Unit 420 and Consent Result Notifying Unit 230]
The acceptance receiving unit 420 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. The consent result notification unit 230 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the second terminal 10-2.

  The acceptance accepting unit 420 accepts consent for the exchange application accepted by the exchange application accepting unit 400 from the exchange partner.

  For example, when the exchange partner is the second user, the acceptance accepting unit 420 accepts the consent to the exchange application with the second user ID as the application destination from the second user identified by the second user ID.

  “Accepting exchange application” means accepting an exchange application.

  Further, “accepting acceptance from the user” means, for example, accepting an operation indicating acceptance of the exchange application from the user. Alternatively, “accept acceptance from the user” means that data indicating that the exchange application is accepted is received from the user terminal device. In the present embodiment, since the acceptance receiving unit 420 is realized by the server 30, as will be described below, the acceptance receiving unit 420 transmits data indicating that the exchange application is accepted to the second terminal 10-. 2 (acceptance result notification unit 230).

  For example, while the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 is displayed, the acceptance result notification unit 230 monitors whether or not an operation for accepting or rejecting the exchange application is accepted by the input unit 14 of the second terminal 10-2. To do. For example, in the case of the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500, the operation for selecting the processing object P2501 corresponds to the “operation for accepting the exchange application”. Further, an operation for selecting the processing object P2502 corresponds to an “operation for rejecting the exchange application”.

  When an operation for accepting or rejecting the exchange application is accepted, the acceptance result notifying unit 230 transmits information indicating an acceptance result for the exchange application to the server 30. For example, the acceptance result notification unit 230 transmits to the server 30 an exchange application ID for identifying the exchange application and information indicating an acceptance result of either “accept” or “reject”.

  In this case, the acceptance accepting unit 420 accepts the consent to the exchange application by receiving the information transmitted by the acceptance result notifying unit 230. Further, in this case, the acceptance unit 420 accepts the value of the “accept flag” associated with the exchange application ID received from the acceptance result notification unit 230 in the exchange application information table TBL104, and the received acceptance result is “accept”. Is updated to “1”, and is updated to “2” when the received acceptance result is “reject”.

[1.3.13. Exchange execution unit 430]
The exchange execution unit 430 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30.

  The exchange execution unit 430 executes exchange between the acquisition target card and the provision target card between the first user ID and the user ID of the exchange partner when the acceptance of the exchange application is accepted by the acceptance accepting unit 420. .

  The exchange execution unit 430 executes game card exchange based on the exchange application received by the exchange application reception unit 400. That is, based on the exchange application received by the exchange application receiving unit 400, the exchange between the acquisition target card and the provision target card is executed between the first user ID and the second user ID.

  Note that “game card exchange” means exchanging game objects among a plurality of user IDs. For example, “game card exchange” means exchanging game objects between a first user ID and a second user ID. Also, “game card exchange” means exchanging an acquisition target card and a provision target card.

  For example, “exchange of a game card between the first user ID and the second user ID” means that one or a plurality of provision target cards selected from among the game cards associated with the first user ID, 2 To exchange one or a plurality of acquisition target cards selected from among the exhibition cards associated with the user ID.

  That is, “exchange of a game card between the first user ID and the second user ID” means that, in exchange for the provision target card, the acquisition target card is added to the game card associated with the first user ID. In addition, in addition to the acquisition target card, the provision target card is added to the game card associated with the second user identification information.

  In other words, “exchange of game card between first user ID and second user ID” means that the provision target card is removed from the game cards associated with the first user ID, A game that is added to the game card associated with the second user ID, is removed from the game card associated with the second user ID, and the acquisition target card is associated with the first user ID. To be added out of the card.

  In addition, “execution of exchange between an acquisition target card and an offer target card based on an exchange application” means that, for example, when an exchange application is accepted, the acquisition target card in the exchange application and the exchange application It is to perform exchange with a card to be provided. Also, for example, when a replacement application is accepted, the second user is inquired whether to accept the replacement application, and when the replacement application is approved by the second user, In addition, executing the exchange with the provision target card in the exchange application corresponds to the above-described “Exchanging the acquisition target card and the provision target card based on the exchange application”.

  For example, when the second user approves one exchange application among a plurality of exchange applications for the second user ID, the exchange execution unit 430 and the exchange target card in the one exchange application and the one exchange Execute exchange with the target card in the application.

  For example, when the exchange execution unit 430 receives the exchange application ID and the acceptance result by the acceptance accepting unit 420, and the acceptance result indicates “acceptance”, the exchange execution unit 430 includes the exchange application ID identified by the exchange application ID. Exchange the card to be obtained and the card to be provided.

  Specifically, for example, the exchange execution unit 430 cancels the association between the application destination user ID and the acquisition target card in the approved exchange application, and associates the application source user ID and the acquisition target card. In addition, the exchange execution unit 430 cancels the association between the application source user ID and the provision target card in the accepted exchange application, and associates the application destination user ID and the provision target card.

  In the above game system 1, the user information table TBL 102 and the owned game object information table TBL 102 stored in the data storage unit 310, the acquisition target game object selection reception unit 350, the exchange partner candidate selection unit 360, and the display control unit 320. , 110, 120 may not necessarily be provided in the game system 1 described above.

[1.4. Processing executed in game system 1]
Next, an example of processing executed in the game system 1 will be described. FIG. 21 to FIG. 25 are diagrams illustrating processing executed in the game system 1. 21 to 25, the process related to the first terminal 10-1 is executed based on the program stored in the storage unit 12 by the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1, and the second terminal 10-1. -2 is executed based on the program stored in the storage unit 12 by the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2, and the control unit 31 of the server 30 is stored in the storage unit 32 for processing related to the server 30. It is executed based on the program.

[1.4.1. Desired card registration process]
First, based on FIG. 21, an example of processing in which a user registers one or a plurality of game cards in the server 30 in association with a user ID that identifies the user as a desired card will be described. The process shown in FIG. 21 corresponds to the process described in the screen examples of FIGS.

  As shown in FIG. 21, the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 communicates with the server 30 via the communication unit 13 and can be selected as a desired card based on an operation received from the user via the input unit 14. A process for receiving a selection of a desired card from the card is controlled (S100). The control unit 31 of the server 30 also communicates with the terminal 10 via the communication unit 33 and controls processing for accepting the selection of the desired card from the user (S300). The “game card that can be selected as a desired card” may be all game cards that can be used in the game system 1, a game card that satisfies a predetermined condition, or all of all game cards. Of these game cards, the game card may satisfy a condition specified by the user.

  For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 selects one or more game cards as desired cards from among game cards that can be selected as desired cards based on data received from the terminal 10 via the communication unit 33. Data for displaying the desired card selection screen image is generated, and the generated display data is transmitted to the terminal 10. For example, the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 causes the display unit 15 to display the desired card selection screen image based on the data received from the server 30. And the control part 11 of the terminal 10 specifies the game card selected as a desired card based on operation received from the 1st user in the state where said desired card selection screen image was displayed. For example, in the desired card selection screen image, game cards that can be selected as desired cards and check boxes corresponding to the respective game cards are provided, and the check boxes corresponding to the game cards to be selected as desired cards are checked. Thus, the user may select a desired card. In this case, the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 may specify a game card whose check box is checked in the desired card selection screen image as the desired card selected by the user.

  The control unit 11 of the terminal 10 determines whether or not a desired card has been determined (that is, whether or not the selection of the desired card has been completed) based on the operation received from the user by the input unit 14 (S102). For example, when the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 receives an operation for completing selection of the desired card from the user in the desired card selection screen image, the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 determines that the desired card has been determined. That's good.

  When it is not determined that the desired card has been determined (S102: N), the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 continues the selection control process of S100. On the other hand, when it is determined that the desired card has been determined (S103: Y), the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 transmits information on the desired card selected by the user to the server 30 via the communication unit 13. (S104). For example, the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 specifies a game card whose check box is checked in the desired card selection screen image as the game card selected as the desired card, and each of the game cards selected as the desired card. The desired card information including the card ID is transmitted to the server 30.

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 receives the desired card information from the terminal 10 via the communication unit 33 (S302), and registers the received desired card information in the user information table TBL102 (S304).

  For example, when the desired card information is received from the terminal 10, the control unit 31 of the server 30 adds the desired card information to the “desired card list” of the record specified by the user ID for identifying the user in the user information table TBL102. The included card ID is stored.

[1.4.2. Registration card registration process]
Next, an example of processing in which the user registers one or a plurality of game cards as exhibition cards in the server 30 in association with the user ID of the user will be described with reference to FIG. Note that the processing illustrated in FIG. 22 corresponds to the processing described in the screen examples of FIGS. 6 and 7.

  As illustrated in FIG. 22, the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 communicates with the server 30 through the communication unit 13 based on an operation received from the user through the input unit 14, and sets a user ID for identifying the user. A process for receiving selection of an exhibition card from the associated game cards from the user is controlled (S110). Further, the control unit 31 of the server 30 also communicates with the terminal 10 via the communication unit 33, and controls processing for accepting selection of an exhibition card from the user from among the game cards associated with the user ID (S310). .

  For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 exhibits an item for selecting one or more game cards as an exhibition card from among the game cards owned by the user based on data received from the terminal 10 via the communication unit 33. Data for displaying a screen image (for example, the exhibition screen image G1300 in FIG. 6 in the case of the first terminal 10-1 or the exhibition screen image G2300 in FIG. 7 in the case of the second terminal 10-2) is generated. The generated display data is transmitted to the terminal 10. For example, the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 causes the display unit 15 to display the exhibition screen image based on the data received from the server 30. And the control part 11 of the terminal 10 specifies the game card selected as an exhibition card based on operation received from the user in the state where said exhibition screen image was displayed.

  The control unit 11 of the terminal 10 determines whether or not the exhibition card has been determined based on the operation received from the user by the input unit 14 (that is, whether or not the selection of the exhibition card has been completed) (S112). For example, when the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 receives an operation for selecting the processing object P1301 of the exhibition screen image G1300 illustrated in FIG. 6 from the user, the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 It may be determined that the exhibition card is determined.

  When it is not determined that the exhibition card has been determined (S112: N), the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 continues the selection control process of S110. On the other hand, when it is determined that the exhibition card has been determined (S113: Y), the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 sends the information on the exhibition card selected by the user (exhibition card information) via the communication unit 13. It transmits to the server 30 (S114). For example, the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 specifies a game card whose check box is checked in the exhibition screen image G1300 shown in FIG. 6 as the game card selected as the exhibition card, and uses it as the exhibition card. The exhibition card information including the card ID and serial number of each selected game card is transmitted to the server 30.

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 receives the exhibition card information from the terminal 10 via the communication unit 33 (S312), and registers the received exhibition card information in the owned game object information table TBL103 (S314).

  For example, when the control unit 31 of the server 30 receives the exhibition card information from the terminal 10, the value of the “exhibition flag” of the record specified by the card ID and the serial number of the exhibition card in the owned game object information table TBL103. Is updated to “1”, and the game card specified by the exhibition card information is set as the exhibition card.

[1.4.3. Exchange partner candidate selection process]
Next, based on FIG. 23, an example of processing in which the server 30 selects an exchange partner candidate that becomes an opponent candidate for exchanging the acquisition target card selected by the first user will be described. Note that the processing shown in FIG. 23 corresponds to the processing described in the screen examples of FIGS. 9 and 10.

  As illustrated in FIG. 23, the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 receives a selection of an acquisition target card from the first user based on an operation received from the first user via the input unit 14 (S <b> 120). ). For example, when the processing object P1402 is selected in a state where the exhibition card search screen image G1400 shown in FIG. 9 is displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1, the control unit of the first terminal 10-1 is selected. 11 accepts a selection that a game card whose name includes the text input in the search condition input area A1401 is an acquisition target card. The selection of the acquisition target card is not limited to the above, and the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 may accept the card ID of the acquisition target card.

  The control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 transmits the first user ID for identifying the first user and the received selection result of the acquisition target card to the server 30 via the communication unit 13 (S122). ). For example, the selection result of the acquisition target card may be a search condition specifying the name of the game card selected by the first user.

  Next, the control unit 31 of the server 30 receives the first user ID and the selection result of the acquisition target card from the first terminal 10-1 via the communication unit 33 (S320).

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 acquires a list of exhibition cards associated with the received first user ID (S322). For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 searches the record stored in the owned game object information table TBL103 for a record including the received first user ID and having a value of “exhibition flag” of 1. And the control part 31 of the server 30 acquires the list | wrist of the card ID contained in the said searched record as a list | wrist of the exhibition card linked | related with 1st user ID.

  Next, the control unit 31 of the server 30 specifies the acquisition target card based on the received selection result of the acquisition target card, and acquires a list of users who exhibit the specified acquisition target card (S324). For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 searches the game object information table TBL101 for the card ID associated with the name specified in the search condition acquired as the selection result of the acquisition target card, and the game with the searched card ID. Identify the card as the target card. Further, the control unit 31 of the server 30 searches the possessed game object information table TBL103 for a record that includes the card ID of the identified acquisition target card and the value of the exhibition flag is 1, and the retrieved record Is acquired as a list of users who exhibit the acquisition target card.

  Next, the control unit 31 of the server 30 acquires, in S322, the desired card list stored in the user information table TBL102 in association with the user ID among the user IDs included in the user list acquired in S324. A user ID including any one of the exhibition cards of the first user ID is selected as an exchange partner candidate (S326).

  Next, the control unit 31 of the server 30 selects a selection screen image for selecting a replacement partner from the replacement partner candidates selected in S326 (for example, a search result display screen image G1500 shown in FIG. 10). Image data is generated, and the generated selection screen image data is transmitted to the first terminal 10-1 via the communication unit 33 (S328). For example, the control unit 33 of the server 30 stores the card level stored in the record including the user ID of the selected exchange partner candidate and the card ID of the acquisition target card among the records of the owned game object information table TBL103. Attribute information such as skill level, and further, information on the game card that is the exhibition card of the first user is specified from the desired card list stored in the user information table TBL102 for the user ID of the exchange partner candidate, and the specified information For example, data of the search result display screen image G1500 shown in FIG. 10 may be generated.

  The control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 receives the selection screen image data transmitted from the server 30 via the communication unit 13 (S124), and based on the received selection screen image data, the first terminal 10- A selection screen image for selecting an exchange partner from the exchange partner candidates selected in S326 is displayed on the first display unit 15 (S126).

[1.4.4. Exchange application processing]
Next, based on FIG. 24, the example of the process which applies for exchange of a game card with respect to the exchange partner selected from the exchange partner candidates by the 1st user is demonstrated. Note that the processing shown in FIG. 24 corresponds to the processing described in the screen examples of FIGS.

  As illustrated in FIG. 24, the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 operated by the first user receives selection of a user to be exchanged from the first user via the input unit 14 (S130). For example, in a state where the search result display screen image G1500 shown in FIG. 10 is displayed, the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 selects one of the users displayed in the display area A1510 as an exchange partner. Accept. That is, the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 receives the selection of the user as the exchange partner by receiving an operation for selecting the display area A1511, A1512, A1513, or the like. In the following, the description will be continued assuming that the second user operating the second terminal 10-2 is selected by the first user as the user to be exchanged.

  The control part 11 of the 1st terminal 10-1 transmits the user ID of the user (2nd user) used as the exchange partner selected from the 1st user to the server 30 via the communication part 13 (S132).

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 receives the user ID (second user ID) of the exchange partner user (second user) from the first terminal 10-1 via the communication unit 33 (S330). And the control part 31 of the server 30 acquires the desired card list linked | related with 2nd user ID from the user information table TBL102 as a 2nd user's desired card list (S332).

  Moreover, the control part 31 of the server 30 acquires the list of the game cards stored in association with the first user ID for identifying the first user from the owned game object information table TBL103 as the owned card list of the first user ( S334).

  In addition, the control unit 31 of the server 30 selects a game card having an exhibition flag value of 1 from among the game cards stored in association with the first user ID for identifying the first user from the owned game object information table TBL103. The list is acquired as an exhibition card list of the first user (S336).

  In addition, the control unit 31 of the server 30 displays a list of game cards having an exhibition flag value of 1 among the game cards stored in association with the second user ID from the owned game object information table TBL103. Obtained as an exhibition card list (S338).

  Moreover, the control part 31 of the server 30 acquires the desired card list linked | related with 1st user ID from the user information table TBL102 as a 1st user's desired card list (S340).

  Next, the control unit 31 of the server 30 is based on the desired card list of the second user acquired in S332, the owned card list of the first user acquired in S334, and the exhibition card list of the first user acquired in S336. A provision target card selection screen image (for example, provision target card selection screen image A1610 in FIG. 11) for selecting a provision target card to be provided to the second user in exchange of the game card by the first user. Generate data for display.

  Specifically, as shown in the offer target card selection screen image A1610 in FIG. 11, the control unit 31 of the server 30 supplies each game card included in the possession card list of the first user acquired in S334 to the offer target card. The game card included in the second user's desired card list among the game cards included in the first user's possession card list, and displayed separately from the other game cards. It is good also as producing | generating the data of a provision object card selection screen image. In addition, the control unit 31 of the server 30 selects a game card included in the exhibition card list of the first user from among the game cards included in the possession card list of the first user in the above-described provision target card selection screen image. It is good also as producing | generating the data of said offer object card | curd selection screen image so that it may display with respect to a game card.

  In addition, the control unit 31 of the server 30 determines that the first user replaces the game card with the second user based on the exhibition card list of the second user acquired in S338 and the desired card list of the first user acquired in S340. The data for displaying the acquisition target card addition screen image (for example, the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620 in FIG. 11) for additionally selecting the acquisition target card to be acquired from is generated.

  Specifically, as shown in the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620 in FIG. 12, the control unit 31 of the server 30 obtains the game cards included in the second user's exhibition card list acquired in S338, respectively. The game card included in the first user's desired card list among the game cards included in the second user's exhibition card list can be selected and displayed with respect to other game cards. The acquisition target card addition screen image data may be generated. Note that in the above acquisition target card addition screen image, the display areas of the already selected game card and the game card that has not been selected may be configured separately.

  Then, the control unit 31 of the server 30 adds the provision target card selection screen image and the acquisition target card based on the generated provision target card selection screen image data and the generated acquisition target card addition screen image data. The exchange application content selection screen image data for displaying the exchange application content selection screen image including the screen image (for example, the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG. 11) is generated, and the generated exchange application content selection screen image data is generated. Is transmitted to the first terminal 10-1 via the communication unit 33 (S342).

  Next, the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 receives the exchange application content selection screen image data from the server 30 via the communication unit 13 (S134). And the control part 11 of the 1st terminal 10-1 displays the exchange application content selection screen image on the display part 15 of the 1st terminal 10-1 based on the received data (S136).

  The control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 selects the provision target card from the game cards displayed on the provision target card selection screen image included in the replacement application content selection screen image displayed on the display unit 15. Accept from one user (S138).

  Moreover, the control part 11 of the 1st terminal 10-1 adds to an acquisition object card from the game cards displayed on the acquisition object card addition screen image contained in the exchange application content selection screen image displayed on the display part 15. The selection of the game card to be received is received from the first user (S140).

  Next, the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 obtains information (for example, card ID and serial number) of the provision target card selected by the first user and information (for example, card ID and serial number) of the acquisition target card. Then, the data is transmitted to the server 30 via the communication unit 13 (S142).

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 receives information on the provision target card and the acquisition target card selected by the first user from the first terminal 10-1 via the communication unit 33 (S344). In this example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 receives information on the provision target card and the acquisition target card from the first user, so that the provision target card of the first user and the second user's card are received from the first user. An application (exchange application) for exchanging the card to be obtained will be accepted.

  When accepting the replacement application from the first user, the control unit 31 of the server 30 registers the information on the replacement application in the replacement application information table TBL104 (S346). For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 includes a replacement application ID for identifying a replacement application received from the first user, an application source user ID (first user ID), an application destination user ID (second user ID), and an acquisition target card. (Information received in S344), provision target card (information received in S344), application reception date and time (for example, reception date and time such as S344), and status flag (initial value 0) are associated and registered in the exchange application information table TBL104.

[1.4.5. Exchange application acceptance process]
Next, based on FIG. 25, an example of processing in which the second user confirms and approves the exchange application for the second user will be described. Note that the process shown in FIG. 25 corresponds to the process described in the screen examples of FIGS.

  As shown in FIG. 25, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 operated by the second user performs an exchange application from the second user via the input unit 14, with the second user as the replacement application destination. The selection of the exchange application is received from (S150). For example, in a state where the replacement application list screen image G2400 shown in FIG. 13 is displayed, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 accepts an operation for selecting one of the replacement applications displayed in the display area A2410. . That is, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 receives the selection of the replacement application by receiving an operation of selecting the display area A2411 or the display area A2412.

  The control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 transmits an exchange application ID for identifying the exchange application selected by the second user to the server 30 via the communication unit 13 (S152).

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 receives the exchange application ID from the second terminal 10-2 via the communication unit 33 (S350). And the control part 31 of the server 30 acquires the following information from the memory | storage part 32 based on received exchange application ID.

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 acquires information on the provision target card and the acquisition target card associated with the replacement application ID acquired in S350 from the replacement application information table TBL104 (S352). For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 provides a list of game cards (card ID and serial number) stored in the “card to be provided” associated with the exchange application ID received in S350 in the exchange application information table TBL104. Obtained as target card information. The control unit 31 of the server 30 obtains a list of game cards (card ID and serial number) stored in the “acquisition target card” associated with the exchange application ID received in S350 in the exchange application information table TBL104. Obtained as target card information.

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 acquires information on the desired card list of the first user (exchange application source user) (S354). For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 uses the user ID stored in the item “application source user ID” associated with the exchange application ID received in S350 in the exchange application information table TBL104 as the first user. As the user ID. Then, the control unit 31 of the server 30 uses the card ID stored in the “desired card list” associated with the acquired user ID of the first user in the user information table TBL102 as the information on the desired card list. Get as.

  Further, the control unit 31 of the server 30 acquires information on the desired card list of the second user (exchange application destination user) (S356). For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 uses the user ID stored in the item “application user ID” associated with the exchange application ID received in S350 in the exchange application information table TBL104 as the second user. As the user ID. Then, the control unit 31 of the server 30 uses the card ID stored in the “desired card list” associated with the acquired user ID of the second user in the user information table TBL102 as the information on the desired card list. Get as.

  Next, based on the information acquired in S352 to S356, the control unit 31 of the server 30 replaces the exchange application acceptance screen image for inquiring the second user whether to accept the exchange application identified by the exchange application ID. The exchange application acceptance screen image data for displaying (for example, the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 in FIG. 14) is generated, and the generated exchange application acceptance screen image data is transmitted to the second terminal (S358). For example, regarding the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 shown in FIG. 14, the information of the display area A2510 is generated based on the information acquired in S352, and the frame image P25001 in the display area A2511 and the display area A2512 is acquired in S354 and S356. Generated based on the information.

  The control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 receives the exchange application acceptance screen image data from the server 30 via the communication unit 13 (S154). And the control part 11 of the 2nd terminal 10-2 displays the exchange application acceptance screen image on the display part 15 of the 2nd terminal 10-2 based on the received data (S156).

  The control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 receives the approval result based on the operation received from the second user via the input unit 14 (S158). For example, in the state where the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 of FIG. 14 is displayed, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 accepts an operation for selecting acceptance or rejection of the exchange application. That is, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 receives the above-described approval result by receiving selection of either the processing object P2501 or the processing object P2502 in the exchange application approval screen image G2500 of FIG. For example, when the processing object P2501 is selected, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 determines that the replacement application is accepted, and when the processing object P2502 is selected, the replacement application is not accepted. (I.e. rejected).

  Then, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 transmits the accepted acceptance result to the server 30 via the communication unit 13 (S160). Note that the acceptance result includes, for example, an exchange application ID and either acceptance or rejection information.

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 receives the consent result from the second terminal 10-2 via the communication unit 33 (S360). Then, the control unit 31 of the server 30 determines whether or not the exchange is accepted based on the received acceptance result (S362).

  When the exchange is accepted (S362: Y), the control unit 31 of the server 30 sets the value of the status flag associated with the exchange application ID selected by the second user to “1” in the exchange application information table TBL104. (S364). And the control part 31 of the server 30 is based on the information of the acquisition object card | curd about the exchange application ID selected from the 2nd user, and a provision object card | curd, and a 1st user (exchange application origin user) and a 2nd user (exchange) Exchange of the provision target card and the acquisition target card is performed with the application destination user) (S366). That is, the control unit 31 of the server 30 cancels the association between the first user ID and the provision target card in the owned game object information table TBL103, and newly associates the first user ID with the acquisition target card. In addition, the control unit 31 of the server 30 cancels the association between the second user ID and the acquisition target card in the owned game object information table TBL103, and newly associates the second user ID with the provision target card.

  On the other hand, when the exchange is not accepted (S362: N), the control unit 31 of the server 30 sets the value of the status flag associated with the exchange application ID selected by the second user in the exchange application information table TBL104. It is updated to “2” (reject / cancel) (S368).

  The above is an example of processing performed in the game system 1.

  According to the game system 1 described above, the first user who makes a game card replacement application is a user who may provide an acquisition target card to be acquired by the first user by replacement, and The user who wants the first user's exhibition card can be found as an exchange partner candidate. The first user can provide the other party's desired card to the exchange partner candidate in exchange for the acquisition target card, and thus the possibility that the exchange for obtaining the acquisition target card will be established becomes high. . That is, according to the game system 1, the first user can easily find an opponent who is likely to be exchanged for obtaining the acquisition target card selected by the first user.

  Further, according to the game system 1, the first user can exchange the exchange partner based on the display of a selection screen image (for example, the search result display screen image G1500 shown in FIG. 10) for selecting the exchange partner from the exchange partner candidates. An exchange partner can be selected from the candidates. This makes it difficult for the first user to select the wrong opponent as the game card exchange partner.

  Further, according to the game system 1, the first user can display the selection screen image (for example, the search result display screen image G1500 shown in FIG. 10) on the basis of the display of the first user. You can know which card you want. For example, based on the information displayed on the selection screen image, the first user selects a plurality of the exhibition cards of the first user rather than the candidate exchange partner who desires one of the exhibition cards of the first user. It is possible to select a desired exchange partner candidate, or to select an exchange candidate partner who desires an exhibition card that is less important for the first user. That is, the first user can obtain a judgment material for determining which exchange partner candidate should be selected as a game card exchange partner based on the display of the selection screen image.

  Further, according to the game system 1, the first user can obtain information on the cards to be obtained that can be obtained from each of the exchange partner candidates based on the display of the selection screen image (for example, the search result display screen image G1500 shown in FIG. 10). Can be obtained. For example, the first user can select an exchange partner candidate that can obtain an appropriate acquisition target card as an exchange target from among the exchange partner candidates. That is, the first user can obtain a judgment material for determining which exchange partner candidate should be selected as a game card exchange partner based on the display of the selection screen image.

  Further, according to the game system 1, the first user obtains the acquisition target card from the exchange partner in exchange for providing the provision target card to the exchange partner selected by the first user from the exchange partner candidates. An exchange for entry can be applied based on the selection of the first user. Thereby, the 1st user can propose exchange of desired game cards with respect to the exchange partner desired.

  Further, according to the game system 1, the first user provides a game card to be provided to the exchange partner based on the display of the provision target card selection screen image (for example, the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG. 11). You can choose. This makes it difficult for the first user to select an incorrect game card as a game card to be provided to the exchange partner.

  In addition, according to the game system 1, the first user selects the provision target card selection screen image (for example, the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG. 11) for selecting the provision target card. It is possible to recognize which of the game cards associated with one user ID is the desired card of the exchange partner. Thereby, when a 1st user selects a provision object card | curd, selection of the game card | curd which is easy to be exchanged between exchange partners becomes easy.

  Further, according to the game system 1, the first user can select the offer target card selection screen image (for example, the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG. 11) from among the first user's exhibition cards. It is possible to recognize which is the desired card of the exchange partner. This prevents the first user from selecting a game card that the first user does not want to provide when selecting the provision target card, and the exchange is established with the exchange partner. It becomes easy to select an easy game card.

  Further, according to the game system 1, the first user, based on the display of the acquisition target card addition screen image for adding the acquisition target card (for example, the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG. 11), It is possible to recognize which of the exchange partner's exhibition cards is the first user's desired card. This makes it easy for the first user to add a game card that is valuable to the exchange partner to the acquisition target card, so that it is easy to balance the value between game objects exchanged by the first user and the exchange partner. Become. That is, since the first user can apply to the exchange partner for exchange of a game card having a balanced value, the possibility of establishment of the exchange can be increased.

  In addition, according to the game system 1, when the exchange application made by the first user is approved by the exchange partner, the first user can obtain the exchange target from the exchange partner in exchange for providing the exchange target card. You can get a card. Thereby, the exchange of the game card based on the agreement between the first user and the exchange partner can be executed.

  Further, according to the game system 1, the first user arbitrarily selects the number of game cards to be selected as an acquisition target card in one exchange and which game card is selected as the acquisition target card in one exchange. You will be able to choose. Further, the first user can arbitrarily select the number of game cards to be selected as a provision target card in one exchange and which game card to select as a provision target card in one exchange. By doing in this way, the freedom degree of exchange can be improved and, as a result, the opportunity loss of game card exchange can be reduced.

  Moreover, according to the game system 1, the user can exchange game characters. Since it is easy to compare values between game characters, the user can easily determine whether the values of the acquisition target card and the provision target card match each other.

[2. Second Embodiment]
First, based on FIG. 26 thru | or FIG. 32, the game system 1A which concerns on 2nd Embodiment of this invention is demonstrated. The overall configuration of the game system 1A may be the same as the overall configuration of the game system 1 shown in FIG. In the following, the game system 1A according to the second embodiment will be described focusing on differences from the game system 1 according to the first embodiment.

[2.1. Outline of game executed in game system 1A]
In the game system 1A according to the second embodiment, the exchange partner (second user) who received the exchange application from the first user modified the contents of the exchange application instead of accepting the exchange application from the first user. Above, it differs from the game system 1 according to the first embodiment in that an exchange application (referred to as a counter offer) can be issued with the first user as the exchange application destination.

  That is, the game executed in the game system 1A is the same up to the screen examples shown in FIGS. 2 to 13, but the user Ub selects the display area A2411 in the replacement application list screen image G2400 shown in FIG. In this case, the screen image displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 is not the replacement application acceptance screen image G2500 shown in FIG. 14, but the replacement application screen image G2700 shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 26, the exchange application screen image G2700 is different from the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 shown in FIG. 14 in that it includes a processing object P2704 associated with counter offer processing, but is otherwise common. To do.

  Hereinafter, the flow of counter offer processing executed when the processing object P27014 is selected in the exchange application acceptance screen image G2700 of FIG. 26 will be described.

[2.1.1. Counter offer]
FIG. 27 shows an example of a replacement application correction screen image G2800 displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 when the processing object P27014 is selected in the replacement application acceptance screen image G2700 of FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 27, the exchange application correction screen image G2800 selects a game card (hereinafter, exchange partner acquisition target card) that the user Ub (second user) obtains from the user Ua (first user) by exchange. Exchange partner acquisition target card selection screen image A2810, and exchange partner provision target card selection screen for selecting a game card (hereinafter referred to as exchange partner provision target card) that user Ub provides to user Ua in exchange for the acquisition target card An image A2820 and processing objects P2801 and P2802 are included. When the processing object P2802 is selected, the previous screen is displayed on the display unit 15.

  The exchange partner acquisition target card selection screen image A2810 shows a game card (the user Ub obtains from the user Ua in exchange of the game card with the user Ua who is the counter offer application partner (that is, the original exchange application applicant)). It is a screen image for selecting an exchange partner acquisition object card | curd from user Ua's exhibition card (or possession card). The exchange partner acquisition target card selection screen image A2810 is a screen image having the same function as the provision target card selection screen image A1610 included in the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG.

  Further, the exchange partner providing target card selection screen image A2820 shows a game that the user Ub provides to the user Ua in exchange of a game card with the user Ua who is the counter offer application partner (that is, the applicant for the original exchange application). It is a screen image for selecting a card (exchange partner offer object card) from user Ub's exhibition cards. The exchange partner providing target card selection screen image A2820 is a screen image having the same function as the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620 included in the replacement application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG.

  In the exchange application modification screen image G2800, the user Ub selects the exchange partner provision target card and the exchange partner acquisition target card (that is, the check box P28002 of the game card to be selected is checked), and the processing object P2801 The selection of the exchange partner providing target card and the exchange partner obtaining target card is confirmed. In the example shown in FIG. 27, it is assumed that the card Cx and Ce were selected in the original exchange application as the exchange partner acquisition target card, but that the user Ub has changed to the cards Cx and Cy. It is assumed that the card to be provided is unchanged from the cards Ca and Ch that were selected in the original exchange application.

  FIG. 28 shows an example of a replacement application content confirmation screen image G2900 displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 when the processing object P2801 of the replacement application correction screen image G2800 shown in FIG. 27 is selected. Show. The exchange application content confirmation screen image G2900 is a screen image for confirming the exchange content (the content of the counter offer) that the user Ub applies to the user Ua.

  The exchange application content confirmation screen image G2900 shown in FIG. 28 includes a display area A2910 and processing objects P2901 and P2902. When the processing object P2902 is selected, the previous screen image is displayed on the display unit 15.

  The display area A2910 includes a display area A2911 indicating information of the exchange partner acquisition target card selected in the exchange partner acquisition target card selection screen image G2810, and the exchange partner provision target card selected in the exchange partner provision target card selection screen image G2820. A display area A2912 indicating information is included. In the display area A2911, a frame image P29001 is displayed for the cards Cx and Cy registered in the “desired card list” of the user Ub. Similarly, a frame image P29001 is displayed for the card Ca registered in the “desired card list” of the user Ua in the display area A2912.

  When the processing object P2901 is selected on the exchange application content confirmation screen image G2900, an exchange application (counter offer) for the user Ua is accepted from the user Ub with the content displayed in the display area A2910. The above is an example of the procedure of the counter offer by the user.

[2.1.2. Confirmation and acceptance of exchange application]
Next, the flow of confirmation and acceptance of the exchange application for the first user, which is mainly performed based on the operation of the first user (user Ua), will be described with reference to FIGS. Hereinafter, an example of a screen image displayed when the processing object P1203 is selected in a state where the exchange menu screen image G1200 illustrated in FIG. 5 is displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1. .

  FIG. 29 shows an example of a replacement application list screen image G1800 displayed when the processing object P1203 of the replacement menu screen image G1200 is selected. As shown in FIG. 29, the replacement application list screen image G1800 includes a display area A1802 and a processing object P1801. When the processing object P1801 is selected, the previous screen image is displayed on the display unit 15.

  Display area A1802 displays a list of exchange applications with user Ua as the application destination. In the example shown in FIG. 29, the display area A1802 includes a display area A1810 for displaying the contents of the exchange application by the counter offer received from the user Ub and a display area A1820 for displaying the contents of the exchange application received from the user Ue. included. In the display area A1802, the user's desired card is displayed surrounded by a frame image P18001.

  As shown in FIG. 29, in the display area A1810, the display area A1811 for displaying the contents of the original exchange application related to the counter offer and the contents of the new (that is, modified) exchange application related to the counter offer are displayed. Display area A1812. The contents of the exchange application displayed in the display area A1811 correspond to the contents of the exchange application applied based on the exchange application content confirmation screen G1700 shown in FIG. 12, and the contents of the exchange application displayed in the display area A1812. Corresponds to the contents of the exchange application filed based on the exchange application content confirmation screen G2900 shown in FIG.

  According to the exchange application list screen image G1800 shown in FIG. 29, when the user Ua has applied for a counter offer, the contents of the exchange application that he / she applied for and the contents of the exchange application applied as a counter offer by the exchange partner It becomes easy to recognize the difference.

  In the exchange application list screen image G1800 shown in FIG. 29, a screen image (exchange application acceptance screen for determining whether or not to accept the selected exchange application is selected by selecting one of the exchange applications displayed in the display area A1810. The image G1900) will be displayed.

  FIG. 30 shows an example of the exchange application acceptance screen image G1900. The exchange application acceptance screen image G1900 shown in FIG. 30 is displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 when the user Ua selects the display area A1810 in the exchange application list screen image G1800 shown in FIG. It is a screen image.

  As shown in FIG. 30, the exchange application acceptance screen image G1900 includes a display area A1910 and processing objects P1901, P1902, and P1903. When the processing object P1903 is selected, the previous screen image is displayed on the display unit 15.

  The display area A1910 is an area for displaying information on a replacement application that is a target for determining whether or not to accept. In the display area A1910, the display area A1911 for displaying the information of the game card obtained from the user Ub who is the exchange partner of the user Ua and the information of the game card provided to the user Ub which is the exchange partner of the user Ua Display area A1912 for displaying.

  The user Ua selects the processing object P1901 when accepting the exchange application displayed in the display area A1910. In addition, when the user Ua does not accept (reject) the exchange application displayed in the display area A 1910, the user Ua selects the processing object P1902. Note that when the processing object P1902 is selected, the exchange application displayed in the display area A1910 is updated from the waiting state of acceptance to the state of rejection of acceptance, and the exchange application source user Ub receives a replacement application from the user Ua. You will be notified that you have been denied. Further, when the exchange application is in a state of rejection of acceptance, for example, information on the exchange application in a state of rejection of rejection is not displayed in the display area A1802 of the exchange application list screen image G1800 shown in FIG.

  When the processing object P1901 is selected on the exchange application acceptance screen image G1900 of FIG. 30 and the exchange application displayed in the display area A1910 is accepted, game card exchange based on the accepted exchange application is executed. When the game card is exchanged, an exchange completion screen image G3000 shown in FIG. 31 is displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1.

  As shown in FIG. 31, the exchange completion screen image G3000 includes a display area A3010 for displaying the contents of the exchange completed, and a processing object P3001 for returning to the menu screen image G1000 shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 31, in the display area A3010, the user Ua who accepted the exchange application accepts the exchange application and the display area A3011 in which information of the game card obtained from the user Ub who is the exchange application source is displayed. The display area A3012 in which information of the game card provided by the user Ua provided to the user Ub who is the exchange application source is displayed is included.

  The above is an example of the counter offer executed in the game system 1A according to the second embodiment.

[2.2. Functions realized in game system 1A]
Next, a configuration provided in the game system 1A in order to realize the functions described above will be described.

  FIG. 32 is a functional block diagram showing functions related to the present invention among the functions realized by the game system 1A.

  As shown in FIG. 32, the server 30A functions as a data storage unit 310, a display control unit 320, a provision candidate game object selection reception unit 330, a desired game object selection reception unit 340, an acquisition target game object selection reception unit 350, an exchange. Partner candidate selection unit 360, exchange partner selection reception unit 370, provision target game object selection reception unit 380, acquisition target game object addition reception unit 390, exchange application reception unit 400A, exchange application selection reception unit 410A, acceptance reception unit 420A, exchange It includes an execution unit 430A and an exchange partner acquisition target game object selection reception unit 440. In the server 30 </ b> A, the control unit 31 executes processing according to a program stored in the storage unit 32, thereby realizing each function described above.

  As shown in FIG. 32, the first terminal 10-1A functions as a display control unit 110, a provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 130, a desired game object selection result notification unit 150, and an acquisition target game object selection result notification. Unit 170, exchange partner selection result notification unit 180, provision target game object selection result notification unit 190, acquisition target game object addition result notification unit 200, exchange application notification unit 210, exchange application selection result notification unit 260, and consent result notification unit 270. In the first terminal 10-1 </ b> A, the control unit 11 executes processing according to a program stored in the storage unit 12, thereby realizing each function described above.

  Also, as shown in FIG. 32, the second terminal 10-2A functions as a display control unit 120, a provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 140, a desired game object selection result notification unit 160, and an exchange application selection result notification unit 220. , An acceptance result notification unit 230 and an exchange partner acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 240. In the second terminal 10-2A, the control unit 11 executes processing according to a program stored in the storage unit 12, whereby the above functions are realized.

  In the following, in the game system 1A according to the second embodiment, functions different from the game system 1 according to the first embodiment will be described. In the following, as in the first embodiment, a case where the game object is a game card will be described as an example.

[2.2.1. Exchange partner acquisition target game object selection receiving unit 440 and exchange partner acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 240]
The exchange partner acquisition target game object selection receiving unit 440 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30A. The exchange partner acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 240 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the second terminal 10-2A.

  When the exchange application received by the exchange application accepting unit 400 is not accepted by the exchange partner user, the exchange partner acquisition target game object selection accepting unit 440 is selected from the exhibition cards associated with the first user ID. The exchange partner receives a selection from the exchange partner of an acquisition target card (exchange partner acquisition target card) that is a game object to be acquired from the first user by exchange.

  For example, when selecting the replacement partner acquisition target card, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the exchange application correction screen image G2800 including the replacement partner acquisition target card selection screen image A2810, and the generated data Is transmitted to the second terminal 10-2. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the second terminal 10-2 displays the replacement application correction screen image G2800 on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 based on the received data.

  When the processing object P2801 in the exchange application correction screen image G2800 is selected, the exchange partner acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 240 displays the exchange partner acquisition target card selection screen image A2810 included in the exchange application correction screen image G2800. The card ID and serial number of the game card whose check box is checked are transmitted to the server 30A as information on the exchange partner acquisition target card.

  The exchange partner acquisition target game object selection receiving unit 440 receives the set of the card ID and serial number transmitted from the exchange partner acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 240 and receives it as information on the exchange partner acquisition target card.

[2.2.2. Exchange application accepting unit 400A and exchange application notifying unit 250]
The exchange application receiving unit 400A is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30A. On the other hand, the exchange application notification unit 250 is realized mainly by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the second terminal 10-2.

  The exchange application accepting unit 400A sends an exchange application from the exchange partner to the first user for the exchange target between the acquisition target card selected by the first user and the exchange partner acquisition target card selected by the user who is the exchange partner. Accept.

  For example, when the exchange partner obtaining target game object selection accepting unit 440 accepts selection of the exchange partner obtaining target card, the display control unit 320 displays the exchange application content confirmation screen image G2900 on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2. Control for displaying is executed.

  Here, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the replacement application content confirmation screen image G2900, and transmits the generated data to the second terminal 10-2. In this case, the display control unit 120 of the second terminal 10-2 displays the replacement application content confirmation screen image G2900 on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 based on the received data.

  While the exchange application content confirmation screen image G2900 is being displayed, the exchange application notifying unit 250 determines whether or not an operation for confirming that the exchange application is to be accepted is received via the input unit 14 of the second terminal 10-2. To monitor. For example, in the case of the exchange application content confirmation screen image G2900, an operation for selecting the processing object P2901 corresponds to the above operation.

  When an operation for confirming that an exchange application is to be made is accepted, the exchange application notifying unit 250 transmits information related to the exchange application to the server 30A. The information transmitted here includes, for example, the user ID of the second user (user Ub) who is the exchange application source, the user ID of the first user (user Ua) who is the exchange partner, and the exchange partner acquisition target card. Information on the selected game card and information on the game card selected as the exchange partner provision target card (corresponding to the acquisition target card in the original exchange application) are included. In this case, the exchange application accepting unit 400A accepts the exchange application by receiving the information transmitted by the exchange application notifying unit 250.

  When receiving a new exchange application, exchange application accepting unit 400A creates a new record in exchange application information table TBL104 based on the accepted exchange application, and registers information in the created record.

[2.2.3. Exchange application selection acceptance unit 410A and exchange application selection result notification unit 260]
The exchange application selection receiving unit 410A is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30A. The exchange application selection result notification unit 260 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1.

  The exchange application selection accepting unit 410A accepts a selection of a plurality of exchange applications for the first user ID from the first user identified by the first user ID.

  In accepting the selection of the exchange application from the first user, the control for displaying the exchange application list screen image G1800 showing the list of exchange applications for the first user ID on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 is a display control unit. Executed by 320.

  For example, the display control unit 320 is an exchange application in which the first user ID is stored as the application destination user ID based on the exchange application information table TBL104, and the value of the “status flag” is “0 (waiting for approval)” The data for displaying the exchange application list screen image G1800 indicating the list of at least one exchange application “is generated” is generated, and the generated data is transmitted to the first terminal 10-1. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the first terminal 10-1 displays the replacement application list screen image G1800 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 based on the received data.

  While the exchange application list screen image G1800 is being displayed, the exchange application selection result notifying unit 260 performs an operation of selecting the exchange application from among the exchange applications for the first user ID by the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1. It is monitored whether it was accepted through For example, in the case of the replacement application list screen image G1800, an operation for selecting any replacement application displayed in the display area A1802 corresponds to the above operation.

  When an operation for selecting a replacement application is accepted, the replacement application selection result notifying unit 260 transmits information indicating the selection result of the replacement application to the server 30A. For example, the exchange application selection result notification unit 260 transmits an exchange application ID for identifying the selected exchange application to the server 30A. In this case, the exchange application selection receiving unit 410A receives the exchange application by receiving the information transmitted by the exchange application selection result notifying unit 260.

  In addition, when selection of one replacement application among the replacement applications for the first user ID is received by the replacement application selection receiving unit 410A, the display control unit 320 displays a replacement application acceptance screen indicating the contents of the one replacement application. Control for displaying the image G1900 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 is executed.

  For example, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the exchange application acceptance screen image G1900, and transmits the generated data to the first terminal 10-1. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the first terminal 10-1 displays the exchange application acceptance screen image G1900 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 based on the received data.

[2.2.4. Consent Accepting Unit 420A and Consent Result Notifying Unit 270]
The acceptance reception unit 420A is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30A. The consent result notification unit 270 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1.

  The acceptance accepting unit 420A accepts the consent for the exchange application from the exchange partner to the first user from the first user.

  For example, while the exchange application acceptance screen image G1900 is displayed, the acceptance result notification unit 270 monitors whether or not an operation for accepting or rejecting the exchange application is accepted by the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1. To do. For example, in the case of the exchange application acceptance screen image G1900, the operation for selecting the processing object P1901 corresponds to the “operation for accepting the exchange application”. Further, an operation for selecting the processing object P1902 corresponds to an “operation for rejecting the exchange application”.

  When an operation for accepting or rejecting the exchange application is accepted, the acceptance result notifying unit 270 transmits information indicating the acceptance result for the exchange application to the server 30A. For example, the acceptance result notification unit 270 transmits an exchange application ID for identifying the exchange application and information indicating an acceptance result of either “accept” or “reject” to the server 30A.

  In this case, the acceptance receiving unit 420A receives acceptance of the exchange application by receiving the information transmitted by the acceptance result notifying unit 270. Further, in this case, the acceptance unit 420A determines that the value of the “acceptance flag” associated with the exchange application ID received from the acceptance result notification unit 230 in the exchange application information table TBL104 is “accepted”. Is updated to “1”, and is updated to “2” when the received acceptance result is “reject”.

[2.2.5. Exchange execution unit 430A]
The exchange execution unit 430A is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30A.

  The exchange execution unit 430A obtains the exchange target selected by the first user and the exchange partner selected by the exchange partner when the consent accepting unit 420A accepts the exchange request for the first user from the exchange partner. Exchange with the target card is executed between the first user ID and the user ID of the exchange partner.

[2.3. Processing executed in game system 1A]
Next, based on FIG. 33, an example of the exchange application by the counter offer performed in the game system 1A will be described. Note that the processing shown in FIG. 33 corresponds to the processing described in the screen examples of FIGS.

  As shown in FIG. 33, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 operated by the second user displays the exchange application acceptance screen image G2700 shown in FIG. 26 on the display unit of the second terminal 10-2 ( S170). Next, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 provides a counter offer to the user (first user) who is the application source of the exchange application displayed on the exchange application acceptance screen image G2700 from the second user via the input unit 14. Is selected (S172). For example, in the state where the exchange application acceptance screen image G2700 shown in FIG. 26 is displayed, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 receives the operation of selecting the processing object P2704, thereby selecting the above counter offer. Accept.

  When receiving the request for counter offer from the second user, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 requests the counter offer from the server 30A via the communication unit 13 (S174). For example, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 may transmit information on the exchange application ID related to the counter offer to the server 30A together with the request for the counter offer.

  When receiving the request for counter offer from the second terminal 10-2 (S370), the control unit 31 of the server 30A acquires information on the provision target card and the acquisition target card associated with the replacement application ID from the replacement application information table TBL104. (S372). Here, the control unit 31 of the server 30A specifies the user ID of the exchange application source associated with the exchange application ID from the exchange application information table TBL104 as the first user ID and the user ID of the exchange application destination as the second user ID.

  Next, the control unit 31 of the server 30A acquires a desired card list associated with the second user ID from the user information table TBL102 (S374).

  In addition, the control unit 31 of the server 30 acquires the possessed card list and the exhibition card list associated with the first user ID from the owned game object information table TBL103 (S376).

  In addition, the control unit 31 of the server 30A acquires the exhibition card list associated with the second user ID from the owned game object information table TBL103 (S378).

  In addition, the control unit 31 of the server 30A acquires a desired card list associated with the first user ID from the user information table TBL102 (S380).

  Next, the control unit 31 of the server 30 displays the replacement application correction screen image (for example, the replacement application correction screen image G2800 shown in FIG. 27) based on the information acquired in S374 to S380. Data is generated, and the generated replacement application correction screen image data is transmitted to the second terminal 10-2 via the communication unit 33 (S382).

  Next, the control part 11 of the 2nd terminal 10-2 receives replacement application correction screen image data from the server 30 via the communication part 13 (S176). Then, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 displays the replacement application correction screen image on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 based on the received data (S176).

  The control part 11 of the 2nd terminal 10-2 receives selection of a provision object card | curd and an acquisition object card | curd from the game card displayed on the exchange application correction screen image displayed on the display part 15 from a 2nd user (S180). ).

  Next, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 obtains information (for example, card ID and serial number) of the acquisition target card selected by the second user and information on the provision target card (for example, card ID and serial number). Then, the data is transmitted to the server 30A via the communication unit 13 (S182).

  The control unit 31 of the server 30A receives information on the acquisition target card and the provision target card selected by the second user from the second terminal 10-2 via the communication unit 33 (S384). In this example, the control unit 31 of the server 30A accepts an exchange application based on a counter offer from the second user by accepting information on the provision target card and the acquisition target card from the second user.

  When accepting the replacement application from the second user, the control unit 31 of the server 30A registers the information on the replacement application in the replacement application information table TBL104 (S386). For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30A includes a replacement application ID for identifying a replacement application received from the second user, an application source user ID (second user ID), an application destination user ID (first user ID), and an acquisition target card. (Information received in S384), provision target card (information received in S384), application reception date and time (for example, reception date and time such as S384), and status flag (initial value 0) are associated and registered in the exchange application information table TBL104.

  The above is the exchange application acceptance process by the counter offer executed in the game system 1A according to the second embodiment.

  According to the above game system 1A, even if the first user does not accept the exchange application for the exchange partner, the exchange target card (exchange) selected by the exchange partner from among the exhibition cards of the first user The exchange request between the partner acquisition target card) and the acquisition target card selected by the first user is made by the exchange partner, and when the first user accepts the exchange application made by the exchange partner, the acquisition selected by the first user Exchange of the target card and the acquisition target card (exchange partner acquisition target card) selected by the exchange partner is executed. As a result, for the first user, even if the exchange application made from the first user to the exchange partner is not accepted, the exchange application made to the first user after that is accepted. By doing so, a desired acquisition object card can be obtained. In addition, the exchange partner can have an opportunity to correct the contents of the game card obtained by the exchange in the exchange application received from the first user.

[3. Modified example]
The present invention is not limited to the embodiment described above.

  [1] For example, a provision target card selection screen image (an example of a provision target game object selection screen image) for the first user to select a provision target card (an example of a provision target game object) is an aspect of the above embodiment. Not limited to.

  FIG. 34 shows a replacement application content selection screen image G3100 including a provision target card selection screen image having a display mode different from that of the above embodiment. The exchange application content selection screen image G3100 shown in FIG. 34 includes a provision target card selection screen image A3110, an acquisition target card addition screen image A3120, a processing object P3101, and a processing object P3102. The acquisition target card addition screen image A3120, the processing object P3101, and the processing object P3102 are the same as the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620, the processing object P1601, and the processing object P1602 in the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG. Therefore, explanation is omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 34, in the provision target card selection screen image A3110, a desired card (an example of a desired game object) associated with the user ID of the exchange partner (here, user Ub) is displayed, and the exchange partner user is displayed. Among the desired cards associated with the ID, other game cards (here, Cx, Cy) included in the exhibition card (an example of the provision candidate game object) associated with the user ID of the first user (here, the user Ua) Are preferentially displayed or distinguished from the game cards (here, Cs, Cy, Cu). For example, in the example shown in FIG. 34, the cards Cx and Cy being surrounded and displayed by the frame image P31001 correspond to an example of the above “discrimination display”.

  Accordingly, the first user may recognize which of the desired cards of the exchange partner is the first user's exhibition card based on the display of the provision target card selection screen image for selecting the provision target card. it can. Thereby, the first user can prevent the game object that the first user does not want to provide from being selected by mistake when selecting the exhibition card from the desired cards of the exchange partner.

  [2] Further, for example, in the exhibition card search screen image G1400 shown in FIG. 9, information used as a game card search condition is not limited to the name of the game card. For example, the game card search condition is for one or more of game card attribute information such as game card name, rarity, number of circulation, special skill, attack power, defense power, cost, sale price, appearance date, etc. It may be set by a combination of these conditions.

  [3] Also, for example, in the above-described game system 1, tables such as the game object information table TBL101, the user information table TBL102, the owned game object information table TBL103, and the exchange application information table TBL104 stored in the data storage unit 310 are stored in the server. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the above table may be held by a device other than the server 30 (for example, the terminal 10) or distributed and held by a plurality of devices (for example, the server 30, the terminal 10) included in the game system 1. Alternatively, a plurality of devices may hold at least a part of the above table in an overlapping manner. Further, for example, at least a part of the table may be held by each of the server 30 and the terminal 10, or only the server 30 or only the terminal 10 may be held. In addition, when the server 30 and the terminal 10 hold | maintain the information of the same table, the server 30 and the terminal 10 are good also as synchronizing the information of the table hold | maintained by each.

  [4] Further, for example, the first terminal 10-1 and the second terminal 10-2 may communicate by P2P (peer-to-peer) without going through the server 30. In this case, for example, either the first terminal 10-1 or the second terminal 10-2 may serve as the function of the server 30. In other words, in this case, either the first terminal 10-1 or the second terminal 10-2 has the data storage unit 310, the display control unit 320, the provision candidate game object selection receiving unit 330, the desired game object selection reception. Unit 340, acquisition target game object selection reception unit 350, exchange partner candidate selection unit 360, exchange partner selection reception unit 370, provision target game object selection reception unit 380, acquisition target game object addition reception unit 390, exchange application reception unit 400 ( 400A), an exchange application selection receiving unit 410 (410A), an acceptance receiving unit 420 (420A), an exchange execution unit 430 (430A), and an exchange partner acquisition target game object selection receiving unit 440 may be further provided.

  [5] For example, the game object exchanged between the first user and the second user is not limited to a game card. For example, the first user and the second user may exchange game cards, game characters, game items, or combinations thereof, respectively.

[4. Addendum]
From the above description, the present invention is grasped as follows, for example. In addition, in order to make an understanding of this invention easy, the code | symbol described in drawing suitably is described in parenthesis, However, This invention is not limited to the aspect of illustration by it.

  1) A game system (1, 1A) according to an aspect of the present invention includes a game system (1, 1A) that executes a game in which game objects (for example, game cards) can be exchanged between user identification information. One or more games set as provision candidate game objects (for example, exhibition cards) from among the game objects associated with the user identification information by the user identified by the user identification information in association with each of the user identification information One or more set as desired game objects (for example, desired cards) by a first storage means (TBL103) for storing an object and a user identified by the user identification information in association with each of the plurality of user identification information Memorize game objects A game object to be obtained from another user by exchange from the first user identified by the storage means (TBL102) and the first user identification information among the plurality of user identification information. An acquisition target game object selection receiving means (350) that receives a selection of a certain acquisition target game object (for example, an acquisition target card), and an exchange partner candidate that is a candidate of an opponent who exchanges the first user identification information and the game object, Among the other user identification information of the plurality of user identification information, the acquisition target game object, the provision candidate game object associated with the other user identification information, and the other user identification information The desired game object associated with the first user identification information The first user receives information regarding the exchange partner candidate selected by the exchange partner candidate selecting means (360) selected based on the provided provision candidate game objects and the exchange partner candidate selecting means (360). Display control means (320, 110) for executing control for display on the display means (15) to be used, wherein the exchange partner candidate selection means (360) is the first of the plurality of user identification information. Among the provision candidate game objects associated with two-user identification information, the acquisition target game object is included, and among the desired game objects associated with the second user identification information, the first user identification When at least one of the provision candidate game objects associated with information is included The second user identification information is selected as the exchange partner candidate.

  16) The exchange control device (30) according to one aspect of the present invention relates to each of the plurality of user identification information in the exchange control device (30) that executes control related to exchange of game objects between the user identification information. The first storage means (TBL103) stores one or more game objects set as the provision candidate game object among the game objects associated with the user identification information by the user identified by the user identification information. Means for acquiring content, and second storage means for storing one or more game objects set as desired game objects by a user identified by the user identification information in association with each of the plurality of user identification information ( TBL102) And an acquisition target game object that is a game object that the first user acquires from another user by exchange from the first user identified by the first user identification information among the plurality of user identification information. An acquisition target game object selection accepting means (350) for accepting selection of the user, and an exchange partner candidate that is a candidate of an opponent for exchanging the first user identification information and the game object, among the plurality of user identification information. Of the acquisition target game object, the provision candidate game object associated with the other user identification information, the desired game object associated with the other user identification information, The provision candidate game object associated with one user identification information; The exchange partner candidate selecting means (360) selected based on the information, and the display means (15) used by the first user to display information on the exchange partner candidate selected by the exchange partner candidate selecting means (360). Display control means (320, 110) for executing control of the exchange partner candidate selection means (360), wherein the exchange partner candidate selection means (360) is associated with second user identification information among the plurality of user identification information The provision candidate game object associated with the first user identification information among the desired game objects including the acquisition target game object among the candidate game objects and associated with the second user identification information When at least one of them is included, the second user identification information is used as the exchange partner candidate. elect.

  17) A program according to an aspect of the present invention is a program for causing a computer to function as the exchange control device (30) described in the game system (1, 1A) or 16) described in 1) to 15).

  18) A control method for the game system (1, 1A) according to one aspect of the present invention includes a plurality of control methods for the game system (1, 1A) for executing a game in which game objects can be exchanged between user identification information. One or more game objects set as candidate game objects to be provided from among the game objects associated with the user identification information by the user identified by the user identification information in association with each of the user identification information One or more game objects set as desired game objects by the user identified by the user identification information in association with each of the plurality of user identification information, and storing in the storage means (TBL103) (S314) Second storage means (TBL102) A game object to be obtained from another user by exchanging from the first user identified by the first user identification information among the plurality of user identification information in the storing step (S304) The acquisition target game object selection receiving step (S344) for receiving the selection of the acquisition target game object, and the exchange partner candidate that is the candidate of the partner for exchanging the first user identification information and the game object. Among the other user identification information among the identification information, the desired game object associated with the acquisition target game object, the provision candidate game object associated with the other user identification information, and the other user identification information Associated with the game object and the first user identification information. An exchange partner candidate selection step (S326) selected based on the provision candidate game object, and display means (15) used by the first user for information on the exchange partner candidate selected in the exchange partner candidate selection step A display control step (S328, S124, S126) for executing control for display on the screen, and in the exchange partner candidate selection step, it is associated with second user identification information among the plurality of user identification information. The provision candidate game object includes the acquisition target game object and the desired game object associated with the second user identification information is associated with the first user identification information. If at least one of the candidate game objects is included The second user identification information is selected as the exchange partner candidate.

  19) A control method for an exchange control device (30) according to an aspect of the present invention is a control method for an exchange control device (30) that executes control related to exchange of game objects between user identification information. A first memory that stores one or more game objects set as provision candidate game objects from among the game objects associated with the user identification information by the user identified by the user identification information in association with each of the identification information. Acquiring the stored contents of the means (TBL103), and storing one or more game objects set as desired game objects by the user identified by the user identification information in association with each of the plurality of user identification information Second storage means (TBL102 A game to be obtained from another user by exchanging the first user from the first user identified by the first user identification information of the plurality of user identification information. An acquisition target game object selection receiving step for receiving selection of an acquisition target game object that is an object, and an exchange partner candidate that is a candidate of an opponent for exchanging the first user identification information and the game object, the plurality of user identification information Among the other user identification information, the acquisition target game object, the provision candidate game object associated with the other user identification information, and the desired game object associated with the other user identification information And the provision candidate associated with the first user identification information A control object candidate selection step selected based on the game object, and a control for causing the display means (15) used by the first user to display information on the exchange partner candidate selected in the exchange partner candidate selection step. A display control step of executing, in the exchange partner candidate selection step, the acquisition target game among the provision candidate game objects associated with second user identification information of the plurality of user identification information When an object is included and at least one of the provision candidate game objects associated with the first user identification information is included among the desired game objects associated with the second user identification information And selecting the second user identification information as the exchange partner candidate .

  20) An information storage medium according to an aspect of the present invention is a computer-readable information storage medium recording the program described in 17) above.

  According to the inventions according to 1) and 16 to 20) above, the first user is a user who may provide the acquisition target game object selected by the first user by exchange, and the first user It is possible to find a user who desires the provision candidate game object as an exchange partner candidate. For the exchange partner candidate, it is possible to provide a game object desired by the opponent in exchange for the acquisition target game object, and therefore, there is a high possibility that an exchange for acquiring the acquisition target game object is established. That is, according to the said invention, it becomes easy for the 1st user to look for the other party with the high possibility that the exchange for acquiring the acquisition object game object which a 1st user will select will be materialized.

  2) In the game system (1, 1A) described in 1) above, the display control means (320, 110) accepts selection of an exchange partner that is an opponent to exchange game objects from among the exchange partner candidates. It is assumed that control for displaying the selection screen image (G1500) for displaying on the display means (15) is executed.

  According to the invention described in 2) above, the first user can select a partner to exchange game objects from among the replacement partner candidates based on the display of the selection screen image. This makes it difficult for the first user to select the wrong opponent as the game object exchange partner.

  3) In the game system (1, 1A) described in 2) above, the selection screen image (G1500) includes, for each of the exchange partner candidates, among the desired game objects associated with the exchange partner candidate. Information related to the game object included in the provision candidate game objects included and associated with the first user identification information is displayed.

  According to the invention described in 3) above, the first user can know which of the first user's provision candidate game objects each of the exchange partner candidates desires based on the display of the selection screen image. it can. For example, based on the information displayed on the selection screen image, the first user provides the first user's provision candidate game object rather than the exchange partner candidate who desires one of the first user's provision candidate game objects. Among them, it is possible to select a candidate exchange partner who wants a plurality, or to select a candidate exchange candidate who desires a provision candidate game object that is less important for the first user. That is, the first user can obtain a determination material for determining which exchange partner candidate should be selected as a game object exchange partner based on the display of the selection screen image.

  4) In the game system (1, 1A) described in 2) or 3) above, the selection screen image (G1500) includes, for each of the exchange partner candidates, the acquisition target game associated with the exchange partner candidate. Information about the object is displayed.

  According to the invention described in 4) above, the first user can obtain information on the acquisition target game object that can be obtained from each of the exchange partner candidates based on the display of the selection screen image. For example, the 1st user can select the exchange partner candidate which can acquire the acquisition object game object suitable as an exchange object more among exchange partner candidates. That is, the first user can obtain a determination material for determining which exchange partner candidate should be selected as a game object exchange partner based on the display of the selection screen image.

  5) In the game system (1, 1A) according to any one of 1) to 4) above, exchange partner selection receiving means (370) for receiving selection of the exchange partner from among the exchange partner candidates from the first user. And providing target game object selection receiving means (380) that receives from the first user a selection of a providing target game object that is a game object to be provided to the exchange partner from among the game objects associated with the first user identification information. ) And exchange application accepting means (400) for accepting, from the first user, an exchange application between the first user and the exchange target game object to be provided and the provision target game object.

  According to the invention described in 5) above, the first user obtains the game to be obtained from the exchange partner in exchange for providing the game object to be provided to the exchange partner selected by the first user from the exchange partner candidates. An exchange for obtaining the object can be applied based on the selection of the first user. Thereby, the 1st user can propose exchange of desired game objects to a desired exchange partner.

  6) In the game system (1, 1A) described in 5) above, a provision target game object selection screen image for accepting selection of the provision target game object from among the game objects associated with the first user identification information Means for executing control for displaying (G1600) on the display means (15).

  According to the invention described in 6) above, the first user can select a game object to be provided to the exchange partner based on the display of the provision target game object selection screen image. This makes it difficult for the first user to select an incorrect game object as a target to be provided to the exchange partner.

  7) In the game system (1, 1A) described in 6) above, a game object associated with the first user identification information is displayed on the provision target game object selection screen image (A1610), and the first Of the game objects associated with the user identification information, the game objects included in the desired game object associated with the user identification information that is the exchange partner are preferentially displayed or displayed with respect to other game objects.

  According to the invention described in 7) above, the first user is based on the display of the provision target game object selection screen image for selecting the provision target game object, and among the game objects associated with the first user identification information It is possible to recognize which is the game object desired by the exchange partner. Thereby, when the first user selects a provision target game object, it becomes easy to select a game object that is easily exchanged with an exchange partner.

  8) In the game system (1, 1A) described in 6) or 7) above, the desired game object associated with the user identification information as the exchange partner is displayed on the provision target game object selection screen image (A3110). Is displayed, and among the desired game objects associated with the user identification information as the exchange partner, the game object included in the provision candidate game object associated with the first user identification information is Display with priority or distinction.

  According to the invention described in the above 8), the first user can determine which one of the game objects desired by the exchange partner is the first based on the display of the provision target game object selection screen image for selecting the provision target game object. It is possible to recognize whether the object is a user provision candidate object. Thereby, when the first user selects the provision candidate game object from the game objects desired by the exchange partner, the first user can prevent the game object that the first user does not want to provide from being erroneously selected. .

  9) In the game system (1, 1A) described in any one of 6) to 8) above, the provision candidate associated with the first user identification information is included in the provision target game object selection screen image (A1610). A game object included in the desired game object associated with the user identification information as the exchange partner is displayed as another game object among the provision candidate game objects associated with the first user identification information on which a game object is displayed. Is preferentially displayed or distinguished.

  According to the invention described in 9) above, based on the display of the provision target game object selection screen, the first user determines which of the first user's provision candidate game objects is the game object desired by the exchange partner. Can be recognized. This prevents the first user from selecting a game object that the first user does not want to provide when selecting the game object to be provided, and exchange is established with the exchange partner. It becomes easy to select a game object that is easy to play.

  10) In the game system (1, 1A) according to any one of 5) to 9) above, from among the game objects included in the provision candidate game objects associated with the user identification information as the exchange partner And means for executing control for causing the display means (15) of the first user to display an acquisition target game object addition screen image (A1620) for accepting addition of the acquisition target game object. In the object addition screen image (A1620), the provision candidate game object associated with the user identification information as the exchange partner is displayed, and among the provision candidate game objects associated with the user identification information as the exchange partner, The associated with the first user identification information; Game objects included in Nozomu game object is preferentially displayed or distinctively displayed with respect to other game objects.

  According to the invention described in 10) above, the first user can determine which of the exchange candidate provided candidate game objects is based on the display of the acquisition target game object addition screen image for adding the acquisition target game object. It is possible to recognize whether the game object is desired by one user. This makes it easy for the first user to add a game object that is valuable to the exchange partner to the game object to be acquired, and thus balances the value between game objects exchanged by the first user and the exchange partner. It becomes easy. That is, since the first user can apply to the exchange partner for exchange of game objects with a balanced value, the possibility of establishment of the exchange can be increased.

  11) In the game system (1, 1A) according to any one of 5) to 10) above, an acceptance accepting means (420) for accepting consent to the exchange application accepted by the exchange application accepting means (400) from the exchange partner. And when the exchange application is accepted by the acceptance accepting means (420), the exchange between the acquisition target game object and the provision target game object is performed using the first user identification information and the user identification as the exchange partner. And an exchange execution means (430) to be executed with the information.

  According to the invention described in the above 11), when the exchange request made by the first user is approved by the exchange partner, the first user exchanges the exchange partner with providing the game object to be provided to the exchange partner. You can get the game object to get from. Thereby, the game object can be exchanged based on the agreement between the first user and the exchange partner.

  12) In the game system (1A) according to any one of 5) to 11) above, the exchange application accepted by the exchange application accepting means (400) is approved by the user identified by the user identification information as the exchange partner. If not, among the game objects set as the provision candidate game objects associated with the first user identification information, the user identified by the user identification information as the exchange partner is exchanged for the first Including means (440) for receiving a selection of a game object to be acquired from a user from the exchange partner, wherein the exchange application receiving means (400) from the exchange partner to the first user, The acquisition target game object selected by the first user The exchange request between the exchange partner and the acquisition target game object selected by the user identified by the user identification information that is the exchange partner, and the acceptance accepting means (420) Acceptance of the exchange application for the first user is accepted from the first user, and the exchange execution means (430) accepts the exchange application for the first user from the exchange partner by the acceptance acceptance means (420). Is received, the exchange between the acquisition target game object selected by the first user and the acquisition target game object selected by the user identified by the user identification information as the exchange partner, Between the first user identification information and the exchange partner user identification information. To.

  According to the invention described in 12) above, even when the first user does not approve the exchange application for the exchange partner, the exchange partner obtains the selection selected from the first user's offer candidate game objects. When the exchange application between the target game object and the acquisition target game object selected by the first user is made by the exchange partner, and the first user accepts the exchange application made by the exchange partner, the acquisition target selected by the first user Exchange of the game object and the acquisition target game object selected by the exchange partner is executed. As a result, for the first user, even if the exchange application made from the first user to the exchange partner is not accepted, the exchange application made to the first user after that is accepted. By doing so, a desired acquisition target game object can be obtained. In addition, the exchange partner can have an opportunity to correct the content of the game object obtained by the exchange in the exchange application received from the first user.

  13) In the game system (1, 1A) according to any one of 1) to 12) above, the first user arbitrarily selects at least one of the acquisition target game object and the provision target game object in one exchange. Selection of the game object of the combination is accepted.

  According to the invention described in 13) above, the first user selects the number of game objects to be selected as the acquisition target game object in one exchange, and which game object to select as the acquisition target game object in one exchange. It becomes possible to select arbitrarily. Also, the first user can arbitrarily select the number of game objects to be selected as the provision target game object in one exchange and which game object to select as the provision target game object in one exchange. . By doing so, it is possible to improve the degree of freedom of exchange, and as a result, it is possible to reduce the loss of opportunity to exchange game objects.

  14) In the game system (1, 1A) according to any one of 1) to 13) above, the game object is a game character, and the game characters can be exchanged between the user identification information.

  According to the invention described in 14) above, the users can exchange game characters. Since it is easy to compare values between game characters, the user can easily determine whether the values of the acquisition target game object and the provision target game object match each other.

  15) In the game system (1, 1A) described in 14) above, a plurality of parameters indicating characteristics in the game are associated with the game character.

  According to the invention described in 15) above, game characters having a plurality of characteristics can be exchanged. According to this, it is possible to exchange game characters selected in consideration of a plurality of characteristics of the game characters.

1 game system, N network, 10-1 first terminal, 11 control unit, 12 storage unit, 13 communication unit, 14 input unit, 15 display unit, 10-2 second terminal, 30 server, 31 control unit, 32 storage Unit 33 communication unit 110 display control unit 130 candidate game object selection result notification unit 150 desired game object selection result notification unit 170 acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 180 exchange partner selection result notification unit 190 Target game object selection result notification unit, 200 Acquisition target game object addition result notification unit, 210 Exchange application notification unit, 120 Display control unit, 140 Provision candidate game object selection result notification unit, 160 Desired game object selection result notification unit, 220 Exchange Application selection result notification part, 230 Acceptance result notification part, 3 0 data storage unit, 320 display control unit, 330 provision candidate game object selection reception unit, 340 desired game object selection reception unit, 350 acquisition target game object selection reception unit, 360 exchange partner candidate selection unit, 370 exchange partner selection reception unit, 380 Provision target game object selection reception unit, 390 Acquisition target game object addition reception unit, 400 exchange application reception unit, 410 exchange application selection reception unit, 420 acceptance reception unit, 430 exchange execution unit.

  The present invention relates to a game system, an exchange control device, and a program.

  A game having an exchange function capable of exchanging a game object associated with one user and a game object associated with another user is known (see, for example, Patent Document 1). In such a game, for example, game objects such as game cards, game characters, or game items can be exchanged.

  For example, in the game as described above, the user A presents game objects that may be provided to other users from among the game objects owned by the user A. When the user B applies to the user A for exchange, the user B selects a game object (obtained game object) to be obtained from the game objects exhibited by the user A and owns the game object The game object (providing target game object) that may be provided to the user A is selected. In this case, if the user A accepts the exchange between the acquisition target game object and the provision target game object, the exchange is executed between the user A and the user B.

JP 2014-000103 A

  In the above-described exchange, even when the user (exchange partner) who is exhibiting the game object to be acquired by the user (exchange applicant) can be found, the exchange object is desired to be provided by the exchange applicant. If it is not a game object to be exchanged, there is a high possibility that the exchange is not accepted and is not established. Whether or not the exchange is successful depends on the value of obtaining the acquisition target game object instead of releasing the provision target game object for the exchange applicant and the provision target game object instead of releasing the acquisition target game object for the exchange partner. It is determined by the balance with the value of being put into the game, and it can be said that the excitement of exchange is to decide what is the acquisition target game object and what is the provision target game object. If nothing can be provided, there is often no room for negotiations, and in many cases, such an exchange application is simply a waste of time. As described above, if the user cannot make an exchange application for which the exchange application is easily established, and the exchange application is not established, the motivation for using the exchange application may be reduced.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and its purpose is to assist a user so that it is easy to find a partner who is likely to be exchanged for obtaining a desired game object. To provide a game system, an exchange control device, and a program.

  In order to solve the above problems, a game system according to the present invention is a game system that executes a game in which game objects can be exchanged between user identification information, and is associated with each of the plurality of user identification information. First storage means for storing one or more game objects set as provision candidate game objects from among game objects associated with the user identification information by a user identified by the identification information; and the plurality of user identification information A second storage means for storing one or more game objects set as desired game objects by a user identified by the user identification information, and a first user among the plurality of user identification information Identified by the identification information An acquisition target game object selection receiving means for receiving selection of an acquisition target game object, which is a game object to be acquired from another user by exchange of the first user, and the first user identification information and the game object An exchange partner candidate that is a candidate for exchange is selected from among the other user identification information of the plurality of user identification information, and the acquisition target game object and the other user identification information are associated with each other. Exchange partner candidate selection means for selecting based on a provision candidate game object, the desired game object associated with the other user identification information, and the provision candidate game object associated with the first user identification information; , Selected by the exchange partner candidate selection means Display control means for executing control for causing the display means used by the first user to display information relating to the exchange partner candidate, wherein the exchange partner candidate selection means is a first of the plurality of user identification information. Among the provision candidate game objects associated with two-user identification information, the acquisition target game object is included, and among the desired game objects associated with the second user identification information, the first user identification When at least one of the provision candidate game objects associated with information is included, the second user identification information is selected as the exchange partner candidate.

  The exchange control device according to the present invention is a exchange control device that executes control related to exchange of game objects between user identification information, and is identified by the user identification information in association with each of the plurality of user identification information. Means for acquiring storage contents of a first storage means for storing one or more game objects set as provision candidate game objects from among the game objects associated with the user identification information, and the plurality of the user identification information Means for acquiring storage contents of second storage means for storing one or more game objects set as desired game objects by a user identified by the user identification information, and a plurality of the user identifications In the first user identification information of the information An acquisition target game object selection receiving means for receiving selection of an acquisition target game object which is a game object to be acquired from another user by exchange from the first user identified by the first user; An exchange partner candidate that is a candidate of an opponent who exchanges user identification information and game objects is selected from the other user identification information of the plurality of user identification information, and the acquisition target game object and the other user Selection based on the provision candidate game object associated with identification information, the desired game object associated with the other user identification information, and the provision candidate game object associated with the first user identification information Exchange partner candidate selection means and the exchange partner candidate selection means Display control means for executing control for causing the display means used by the first user to display information related to the exchange partner candidate selected by the first user, wherein the exchange partner candidate selection means includes the plurality of user identifications. Among the provision candidate game objects associated with the second user identification information in the information, the acquisition target game object is included, and among the desired game objects associated with the second user identification information, When at least one of the provision candidate game objects associated with the first user identification information is included, the second user identification information is selected as the exchange partner candidate.

It is a figure which shows the whole game system structure. It is a figure which shows an example of a menu screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the 1st user's desired card list screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the 2nd user's desired card list screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of an exchange menu screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the display screen image of a 1st user. It is a figure which shows an example of the display screen image of a 2nd user. It is a figure which shows the information of the card | curd linked | related with a 1st user and a 2nd user. It is a figure which shows an example of an exhibition card search screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of a search result display screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application content selection screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application content confirmation screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application list screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application acceptance screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of an exchange completion screen image. It is a functional block diagram of the game system concerning a 1st embodiment. It is a figure which shows an example of a game object information table. It is a figure which shows an example of a user information table. It is a figure which shows an example of a possession game object information table. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application information table. It is a sequence diagram of the registration process of a desired card. It is a sequence diagram of the registration process of an exhibition card. It is a sequence diagram of a selection process for replacement application candidates. It is a sequence diagram of exchange application processing. It is a sequence diagram of exchange execution control processing. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application acceptance screen image which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application content correction screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application content confirmation screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application list screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application acceptance screen image. It is a figure which shows an example of an exchange completion screen image. It is a functional block diagram of the game system concerning a 2nd embodiment. It is a sequence diagram of the exchange application process by a counter offer. It is a figure which shows an example of the exchange application content selection screen image.

  Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention (hereinafter referred to as embodiments) will be described with reference to the drawings. In the drawings, the same or corresponding components are denoted by the same reference numerals, and repeated description may be omitted.

[1. First Embodiment]
First, based on FIG. 1 thru | or FIG. 25, the game system 1 which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention is demonstrated.

[1.1. Overall configuration of game system]
FIG. 1 is a diagram showing an overall configuration of a game system 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the game system 1 according to the first embodiment includes a server 30 (an example of an exchange control device), a first terminal 10-1, and a second terminal 10-2. The server 30, the first terminal 10-1, and the second terminal 10-2 are connected to the network N. Therefore, mutual data communication is possible between the server 30 and the first terminal 10-1 and the second terminal 10-2. In the following description, contents common to the first terminal 10-1 and the second terminal 10-2 may be referred to as the terminal 10 and described.

  The server 30 is realized by a server computer, for example. As shown in FIG. 1, the server 30 includes a control unit 31, a storage unit 32, and a communication unit 33.

  The control unit 31 includes, for example, at least one microprocessor and executes processing according to an operating system and other programs. The storage unit 32 includes a main storage unit (for example, a RAM) and an auxiliary storage unit (for example, a hard disk drive or a solid state drive), and stores programs and data. The communication unit 33 is for performing data communication via the network N.

  The terminal 10 is a computer used by a user. In the present embodiment, the terminal 10 is a computer used by a user to play a game. The terminal 10 includes, for example, a mobile phone (including a smartphone), a portable information terminal (including a tablet computer), a home game machine (stationary game machine), a portable game machine, an arcade game machine, a desktop computer, Alternatively, it is realized by a laptop computer. In the following, a case where a mobile phone (smartphone) provided with a touch panel is the terminal 10 and a program supplied from the server 30 is executed on the mobile phone (smartphone) will be described.

  As illustrated in FIG. 1, the terminal 10 includes a control unit 11, a storage unit 12, a communication unit 13, an input unit 14, and a display unit 15.

  The control unit 11 and the communication unit 13 have the same functions as the control unit 31 and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. The storage unit 12 includes a main storage unit (for example, a RAM) and an auxiliary storage unit (for example, a non-volatile semiconductor memory), and stores programs and data. For example, when the terminal 10 is realized by a home game machine (stationary game machine), an arcade game machine, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, or the like, the storage unit 12 includes a hard disk drive or the like as an auxiliary storage unit. It is good also as including.

The input unit 14 includes, for example, a touch panel, buttons, and the like, and is used by a user to perform an input operation such as a game operation. Further, the input unit 14 may be for the user to perform an input operation by voice or gesture. When the terminal 10 is realized by a home game machine (stationary game machine), a portable game machine, an arcade game machine, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, or the like, the input unit 14 has a key A lever, a game controller (game pad), a mouse, or the like may be included. The display unit 15 is, for example, a liquid crystal display panel or an organic EL display, and displays a screen image according to an instruction from the control unit 11. Note that the input unit 14 and the display unit 15 do not have to be built in the terminal 10, and may be provided as external devices connected to the terminal 10.

  The program and data are supplied to the server 30 or the terminal 10 via the network N, for example. The server 30 or the terminal 10 may include a component for reading a program or data stored in an information storage medium (for example, an optical disk or a memory card). And you may make it supply a program and data to the server 30 or the terminal 10 via an information storage medium.

[1.2. Outline of game executed in game system 1]
In the game system 1, a game is executed by displaying a game screen image on the display unit 15 of the terminal 10 based on data provided from the server 30 based on a request from the terminal 10.

  The game system 1 can execute various games. For example, in the game system 1, a game in which a game object is associated with user identification information is executed. In the game system 1, a game is executed in which game objects can be exchanged between user identification information. That is, in the game system 1, a game having an exchange function capable of exchanging a game object associated with one user identification information and a game object associated with other user identification information is executed.

  The “user identification information” is information that allows a computer included in the game system 1 to uniquely identify a user. For example, a user ID, a user account, a user email address, and the like correspond to “user identification information”. The user's name can also correspond to “user identification information”.

  A “game object” is a target that can be used in a game. For example, a “game object” can be an object of exchange between users in a game. Further, for example, a “game object” is given to a user in a game. Specifically, for example, a game card, a game character, a game item, or the like corresponds to an example of “game object”.

  For example, in the game system 1, information related to the game object (for example, identification information for identifying the game object or information indicating the performance of the game object) is stored in association with the user identification information. . In this case, the “game object associated with the user identification information” is a game object in which the above information is stored in association with the user identification information.

  The “game object associated with the user identification information” can be restated as a game object owned by the user identified by the user identification information. The “game object owned by the user” is a game object that can be used exclusively by the user, sold, transferred, or exchanged. In other words, the “game object owned by the user” is a game object that is permitted to be used only by the user.

  For example, in the game system 1, a game object is given to the user and a game using the game object to which the user is given is executed. Specifically, for example, in the game system 1, a user collects game cards (game characters) and adventures using the game cards owned by the user, or plays against game cards owned by other users. The game to be executed is executed.

  The game executed in the game system 1 has a game character exchange function, and the game characters can be exchanged between the user identification information in the game.

  The “game character” is a character used in a game executed in the game system 1. The “game character” can also be said to be a game object that is indispensable in the progress of the game. In other words, it can be said that the “game character” is an indispensable game object for the user to play the above game.

  The game character may be associated with a plurality of parameters indicating characteristics in a game executed in the game system 1.

  Here, the “parameter indicating the characteristics in the game” is data representing the characteristics of the game character in the game. The “characteristic” includes, for example, information such as the ability, type, rarity, and special skill of the game character.

  For example, the attack power, defense power, etc. of the game character correspond to an example of the above “ability”. Further, for example, the attributes (darkness attribute, fire attribute) of the game character correspond to an example of the above “type”. Further, for example, the rarity of the game character, the selling price, etc. correspond to an example of the “rareness”. Further, for example, the skill, skill level, etc. of the game character correspond to an example of the “special skill”.

  Further, the “game character” may be an object that can be registered in the user's deck in a game in which the user plays against another user (or computer). For example, the “deck” is a combination of game characters selected from a game character owned by the user with a predetermined number as an upper limit. For example, in the above battle game, an attack deck used for an attack at the time of battle and a defense deck used for defense may be organized. In this case, in the above-described battle game, for example, when a user attacks an opponent (another user or a computer), it is calculated based on the attack power of the game character that is a member of the user's attack deck. The total attack power may be compared with the total defense power calculated with respect to the defense power of the game character that is a member of the opponent's defense deck. Specifically, if the total attack power of the user's attack deck is greater than the total defense power of the opponent's defense deck, the user wins, and the total attack power of the user's attack deck is the total attack power of the opponent's defense deck. If it is smaller than the defense power, the opponent may win. In addition, it is good also as determining the damage which a user gives to an opponent by comparing the total attack power of a user's attack deck with the total defense power of an opponent's defense deck. The user may win the opponent when the total amount of damage received by the opponent reaches a predetermined amount.

  The “game character” may be a game object associated with a parameter whose value can be updated by the user playing the game (hereinafter referred to as a growth parameter). For example, the experience value, level, attack power, defense power, and the like of the game character can be updated by the user using the game character in the game, and thus correspond to an example of the growth parameter.

  On the other hand, the “game item” may be a game object having an effect of updating the value of the growth parameter of the game object. In addition, the “game item” can be said to be a game object that assists the progress of the game executed in the game system 1. In other words, it can be said that the “game item” is a game object that can be used arbitrarily when the user plays the above-described game.

In the example described below, it is assumed that the game character is provided to the user in the form of a game card. A “game card” is a two-dimensional or three-dimensional object displayed in a card shape in a game screen image displayed on a display device. The card shape is, for example, an ellipse (including a circle), a multi It may have a rectangular (including rectangular) surface.

  Hereinafter, the above exchange function will be described based on the game screen images shown in FIGS. The game screen image is displayed on the display unit 15 of the terminal 10 based on data transmitted from the server 30 to the terminal 10.

  In the example of the game described below, the first user operates the first terminal 10-1, and the second user operates the second terminal 10-2. 2 to 14, the first user is described as “user Ua”, and the second user is described as “user Ub”.

  In the game described below, first, each of the first user and the second user registers a game card (hereinafter referred to as a desired card) that the user desires to obtain. Next, each of the first user and the second user registers a game card (exhibition card) to be exhibited in an exchange transaction (trade) from among the game cards owned by the first user and the second user. Here, the “game card to be exhibited” is provided to other users in exchange for, for example, a user (for example, a first user) obtaining a game card from another user (for example, a second user). It is a game card that permits that.

Next, when the first user selects a game card (acquisition target card) to be obtained from another user by exchange, the game system 1 selects a desired card among the users who use the acquisition target card as an exhibition card. The user included in the exhibition card of the first user is selected as an exchange partner candidate, and the selected exchange partner candidate is presented to the first user. Then, the first user selects one user (exchange partner, here referred to as the second user) from the exchange partner candidates, and further the game that the second user desires to obtain from the game cards exhibited by the second user While selecting a card (acquisition target card), a game card (providing target card) desired to be provided to the second user in exchange for the acquisition target card is selected from among the game cards owned by the first user. Thereafter, the first user applies to the second user for exchange between the acquisition target card and the provision target card.

  Next, when the second user confirms the contents of the exchange applied for by the first user and then approves, the acquisition target card selected from the game cards owned by the second user and the first user Exchange with the offer target card selected from the game cards owned is executed.

[1.2.1. Game card registration]
First, the flow of processing in which the first user (user Ua) and the second user (user Ub) respectively register the desired card and the exhibition card will be described with reference to FIGS.

  FIG. 2 shows an example of the menu screen image G1000. A menu screen image G1000 shown in FIG. 2 is displayed on the display unit 15 of the terminal 10. As shown in FIG. 2, the menu screen image G1000 includes a processing object P1001 and a processing object P1002.

  Here, the “processing object” is, for example, an image, a symbol, text, or the like associated with processing. For example, when the processing object P1001 is selected, processing associated with the processing object P1001 is executed. Specifically, icons, links, buttons, and the like correspond to examples of “processing objects”.

The processing object P1001 is associated with processing in order to proceed to editing a list of game cards associated with the user. For example, the list may include game cards that the user registers as desired cards, game cards that satisfy specific conditions, and the like. The “desired card list” of the user is information indicating one or more game cards that the user desires to obtain. Further, for example, the user's “desired card list” can be said to be information indicating one or more game cards that the user wants to obtain from another user in exchange for providing the user with a game card. The above-mentioned a "game cards to meet specific conditions", specific attribute information (e.g., certain special effects, special skills, classification, name, etc.) game card with the parameters associated with the game card (for example, a game The game card may be a game card whose performance, rarity, value, etc.) are in a specific range, a game card belonging to a specific group, or the like. In the example described below, it is assumed that a process for editing a list of game cards included in the user's “desired card list” is associated with the process object P1001.

  The process object P1002 is associated with a process for proceeding to the exchange menu. The exchange menu can be used for various processing related to exchanges, such as registering game cards to be exhibited by the user, searching for exchange partners and applying for exchanges, and checking the contents of exchanges requested by other users. It is for advancing.

  Next, an example of a screen image displayed when the processing object P1001 of the menu screen image G1000 shown in FIG. 2 is selected will be described. 3 shows an example of a screen image displayed on the first terminal 10-1, and FIG. 4 shows an example of a screen image displayed on the second terminal 10-2.

  FIG. 3 shows an example of the desired card list screen image G1100 displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 when the processing object P1001 of the menu screen image G1000 is selected. As shown in FIG. 3, the desired card list screen image G1100 includes a display area A1110 and processing objects P1101 and P1102.

  In the display area A1110, game cards registered as “desired cards” of the user Ua are displayed. The game card registered as the “desired card” is a game card selected by the user Ua from all or some of the game cards that can be used in the game system 1, for example. In the example shown in FIG. 3, the “desired card” of the user Ua includes game cards Ca, Cb, and Cc. When editing the contents of the “desired card” list, the user Ua selects the processing object P1101 and selects a desired game card from the list of game cards that can be added as the “desired card”. The content of the “desired card” of the user Ua may be updated by adding or selecting and deleting a game card to be deleted from the “desired card”.

  When the processing object P1102 is selected, the screen image (menu screen image G1000) before the desired card list screen image G1100 is displayed on the display unit 15.

  FIG. 4 shows an example of the desired card list screen image G2100 displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 when the processing object P1001 of the menu screen image G1000 is selected.

As shown in FIG. 4, the desired card list screen image G2100 includes a display area A2110 and processing objects P2101 and P2102. The display area A2110 and the processing objects P2101 and P2102 correspond to the display area A1110 and the processing objects P1101 and P1102 in FIG. 3, respectively. Then, the game card registered as the “desired card” of the user Ub is displayed in the display area A2110 of the desired card list screen image G21 0 shown in FIG. In the example illustrated in FIG. 4, the “desired card” of the user Ub includes game cards Cx and Cy.

  Next, an example of a screen image displayed when the processing object P1002 of the menu screen image G1000 shown in FIG. 2 is selected will be described.

  FIG. 5 shows an example of the exchange menu screen image G1200 displayed on the display unit 15 of the terminal 10 when the processing object P1002 of the menu screen image G1000 is selected. As shown in FIG. 5, the exchange menu screen image G1200 includes processing objects P1201, P1202, and P1203.

  The processing object P1201 is associated with processing for displaying an exhibition screen image for registering a game card to be exhibited from game cards owned by the user. Details of the exhibition screen image will be described later.

The processing object P1202 is associated with processing for displaying an exhibition card search screen image for the user to search for game cards that other users have exhibited. Details of the exhibition card search screen image will be described later.

  The processing object P1203 is associated with processing for displaying a replacement application list screen image for displaying a list of replacement applications received by the user from other users. Details of the exchange application list screen image will be described later.

  Next, an example of a screen image displayed when the processing object P1201 of the exchange menu screen image G1200 illustrated in FIG. 5 is selected will be described. In the following, FIG. 6 shows an example of a screen image displayed on the first terminal 10-1, and FIG. 7 shows an example of a screen image displayed on the second terminal 10-2.

  FIG. 6 shows an example of an exhibition screen image G1300 displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 when the processing object P1201 of the exchange menu screen image G1200 shown in FIG. 5 is selected. As shown in FIG. 6, the exhibition screen image G1300 includes a display area A1310 and processing objects P1301 and P1302.

  In the display area A1310, a list of game cards owned by the user Ua is displayed. FIG. 6 shows an exhibition screen image G1300 when the user Ua owns the game cards Cx and Cy. Therefore, in the example of the exhibition screen image G1300 shown in FIG. 6, the display area A1310 includes a display area A1311 that displays information about the game card Cx and a display area A1312 that displays information about the game card Cy. Yes.

  The display area A1311 includes a check box P13111 for selecting a game card (exhibition card) for exhibiting the game card Cx. Similarly, the display area A1312 includes a check box P13121 for selecting the game card Cy as an exhibition card. In the example shown in FIG. 6, a game card can be selected as an exhibition card by checking a check box corresponding to the game card. Specifically, in the example shown in FIG. 6, the game cards Cx and Cy are selected as exhibition cards. When the processing object P1301 is selected, a game card whose check box is checked is registered in the server 30 as an exhibition card for the user Ua.

  When the processing object P1302 is selected, the screen image (exchange menu screen image G1200) before the exhibition screen image G1300 is displayed on the display unit 15.

  When a plurality of game cards are registered as user exhibition cards, the plurality of game cards may not be registered at the same timing. That is, when a plurality of game cards are registered as the user's exhibition cards, the user can register one or more game cards as the exhibition cards in a plurality of times. In other words, even after one or more game cards are registered as exhibition cards, the user can further register one or more game cards as exhibition cards.

  FIG. 7 shows an example of an exhibition screen image G2300 displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 when the processing object P1201 of the exchange menu screen image G1200 shown in FIG. 5 is selected. As shown in FIG. 7, the exhibition screen image G2300 includes a display area A2310 and processing objects P2301 and P2302. The display area A 2310 and the processing objects P2301 and P2302 correspond to the display area A1310 and the processing objects P1301 and P1302 in FIG. 6, respectively.

  In the display area A2310, a list of game cards owned by the user Ub is displayed. FIG. 7 shows an exhibition screen image G2300 when the user Ub owns the game cards Ca and Cb. Therefore, in the example of the exhibition screen image G2300 shown in FIG. 7, the display area A2310 includes a display area A2311 that displays information about the game card Ca and a display area A2312 that displays information about the game card Cb. Yes.

  The display area A2311 includes a check box P23111 for selecting the game card Ca as a game card (exhibit card) to be exhibited. Similarly, the display area A2312 includes a check box P23121 for selecting the game card Cb as an exhibition card. In the example shown in FIG. 7, a game card can be selected as an exhibition card by checking a check box corresponding to the game card. Specifically, in the example shown in FIG. 7, the game cards Ca and Cb are selected as the exhibition cards. When the processing object P2301 is selected, a game card whose check box is checked is registered in the server 30 as an exhibition card for the user Ub.

Here, FIG. 8 shows game card information registered for each of the user Ua and the user Ub. In the example shown in FIG. 8, there are an example of an owned card list indicating a list of owned cards registered for the user Ua and the user Ub, a desired card list indicating a list of desired cards, and an exhibited card list indicating a list of exhibited cards. It is shown. Note that the desired card list and the exhibition card list of each user may be registered by each user based on the screen images of FIG. 3, FIG. 4, FIG. 6, FIG.

[1.2.2. Exchange application]
Next, the flow of processing in which the first user (user Ua) mainly applies to another user for replacement will be described with reference to FIGS. Hereinafter, an example of a screen image displayed when the processing object P1202 is selected in a state where the exchange menu screen image G1200 illustrated in FIG. 5 is displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 will be described. .

  FIG. 9 shows an example of an exhibition card search screen image G1400 displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 when the processing object P1202 of the exchange menu screen image G1200 shown in FIG. 5 is selected. As shown in FIG. 9, the exhibition card search screen image G1400 includes a search condition input area A1401 and processing objects P1402 and P1403.

  The search condition input area A1401 is an area for inputting a search condition (for example, the name of a game card) for a game card to be obtained from the game cards registered as exhibition cards in the server 30. When the processing object P1402 is selected in a state in which text is input in the search condition input area A1401, the first terminal 10-1 displays an item including, for example, the text input in the search condition input area A1401 in the name of the game card. The server 30 is requested to search for a card.

  The “obtainable card” is a game card that the first user desires to obtain by exchanging game cards with other users. In other words, it is a game card that the first user wants to transfer by exchange.

  When the processing object P1403 is selected, the screen image (exchange menu screen image G1200) before the exhibition card search screen image G1400 is displayed on the display unit 15.

  Next, an example of a screen image displayed when the processing object P1402 of the exhibition card search screen image G1400 shown in FIG. 9 is selected will be described.

  FIG. 10 shows an example of a search result display screen image G1500 displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 when the processing object P1402 of the exhibition card search screen image G1400 shown in FIG. 9 is selected. . As shown in FIG. 10, the search result display screen image G1500 includes a display area A1510 and a processing object P1501. When the processing object P1501 is selected, the previous screen image is displayed on the display unit 15.

  The display area A1510 is an area in which the user Ua displays a list of users that are candidates for game card exchange partners (exchange partner candidates). Here, the exchange partner candidate is a user who has exhibited a game card (acquisition target card) that satisfies the search condition set by the user Ua in the exhibition card search screen image G1400 shown in FIG. And it is a user who contains at least 1 among the desired cards of user Ua in an exhibition card. In the example shown in FIG. 10, the display area A1510 includes the user Ub displayed in the display area A1511, the user Ud displayed in the display area A1512, and the user Ue displayed in the display area A1513. It is shown that it was elected as an opponent candidate. Thus, in the game system 1, the user Ua is a user who has registered the game card (Ca) to be acquired as an exhibition card, and at least one of the user's “desired cards” is the user Ua's “exhibition” The users included in the “card” are selected and presented to the user Ua as exchange partner candidates. Since the user Ua and the selected exchange partner candidate are prepared to provide each other's desired cards, the user Ua applies for the exchange of the game card to the selected exchange partner candidate. There is a high possibility that a game card will be exchanged.

  Here, in the display area A1511, a display area A15111 for displaying information on the “acquisition target card” of the user Ua exhibited by the user Ub selected as the exchange partner candidate of the user Ua, and the desired card of the user Ub are displayed. Among them, a display area A15112 for displaying information on the game cards exhibited by the user Ua is included. Here, in the display area A15111, as information on the “acquisition target card” of the user Ua exhibited by the user Ub, for example, information on parameters associated with the game card such as the level of the game card, the special skill level of the game card, etc. Is displayed.

Similarly, in the display area A1512, a display area A15121 for displaying information on the “acquisition target card” of the user Ua exhibited by the user Ud selected as the exchange partner candidate of the user Ua, and a desired card of the user Ud , A display area A15122 for displaying information on the game cards exhibited by the user Ua is included. Then, in the display area A1513, a display area A15131 for displaying information "Obtaining target card" of the user Ua of the user Ue elected as the exchange partner candidates of the user Ua is sent, the desired card user U e Among them, a display area A15132 for displaying information on the game cards exhibited by the user Ua is included. In the following example, the user Ua selects the display area A1511 to select the user Ub as a game card exchange partner (that is, an exchange application partner). Hereinafter, this case will be described.

FIG. 11 shows an example of a replacement application content selection screen image G1600 displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 when the display area A1511 of the search result display screen image G1500 shown in FIG. 10 is selected. Show. As shown in FIG. 11, the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 includes a provision target card selection screen image A1610, an acquisition target card addition screen image A1620, and processing objects P1601 and P1602. When the processing object P1602 is selected, the previous screen image is displayed on the display unit 15.

  The provision target card selection screen image A1610 has a game card (provision target card) to be provided to the user Ub in the exchange of the game card with the user Ub selected by the user Ua as the game card exchange partner. It is a screen image for selecting from cards.

  As shown in FIG. 11, in the provision target card selection screen image A1610, a display area A1611 that displays a list of exhibition cards of the user Ua and a display area A1612 that displays a list of owned cards other than the exhibition cards of the user Ua. And are included. In addition, for the game card displayed on the provision target card selection screen image A1610, information on the game card (for example, level, skill level, etc.) is displayed and whether the game card is selected as the provision target card. A check box P16002 for designating whether or not is provided is provided. Then, by checking the check box P16002 corresponding to the game card, it becomes possible to select the corresponding game card as the provision target card. Among the game cards displayed on the provision target card selection screen image A1610, a frame image P16001 surrounding the game card is displayed for a game card that is a desired card of the user Ub. For example, in the example shown in FIG. 11, the frame images P16001 are displayed on the game cards Cx, Cy, Cz, and the user Ua can recognize that these are the desired cards of the user Ub.

Further, the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620 shows a game card (acquisition target card) to be obtained from the user Ub in the exchange of the game card with the user Ub selected by the user Ua as the game card exchange partner. It is a screen image for adding to the acquisition object card | curd already selected. Note that the game card searched based on the search condition input in the exhibition card search screen image G1400 shown in FIG. 9 is included in the “already selected acquisition target card”.

  As shown in FIG. 11, the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620 includes a display area A1621 that displays a list of game cards that the user Ua has already selected as acquisition target cards, and among the exhibition cards of the user Ub, A display area A1622 that displays a list of game cards that are not selected as the acquisition target cards of the user Ua is included. In addition, for the game card displayed on the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620, information on the game card (for example, level and skill level) is displayed, and whether the game card is selected as the acquisition target card. A check box P16002 for designating whether or not is provided is provided. Then, by checking the check box P16002 corresponding to the game card, it becomes possible to select the corresponding game card as the acquisition target card. Among the game cards displayed on the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620, a frame image P16001 surrounding the game card is displayed for the game card that is the desired card of the user Ua. For example, in the example shown in FIG. 11, the frame images P16001 are displayed on the game cards Ca, Cb, and Cc, and the user Ua recognizes that these are desired cards that he / she has registered. Can do.

  As described above, the user Ua can arbitrarily select the card to be provided to be exchanged with the user Ub, which is the exchange partner, from the cards owned by the user Ua. At this time, the user Ua can recognize which of the cards owned by the user Ua among the cards owned by the user Ua, and by appropriately selecting these as the cards to be provided, the game card can be exchanged. Can be increased. Further, the user Ua can arbitrarily select an acquisition target card to be acquired from the user Ub from among the game cards exhibited by the user Ub. At this time, the user Ua can recognize which of the user Ub's desired cards is the user Ua's desired card, and the value of the game card obtained by the user Ub and the game card obtained by the exchange by the user Ua By making it easier to balance the value of the game card, it is possible to improve the feasibility of exchanging game cards.

  In the exchange application content selection screen image G1600, the user Ua selects the processing object P1601 in a state where the provision target card and the acquisition target card are selected (that is, the check box P16002 of the game card to be selected is checked). Thus, the selection of the provision target card and the acquisition target card is confirmed.

  Next, FIG. 12 shows an exchange application content confirmation screen image displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 when the processing object P1601 of the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG. 11 is selected. An example of G1700 is shown. The exchange application content confirmation screen image G1700 is a screen image for confirming the content of the exchange that the user Ua applies to the user Ub.

  The exchange application content confirmation screen image G1700 shown in FIG. 12 includes a display area A1710 and processing objects P1701 and P1702. When the processing object P1702 is selected, the previous screen image is displayed on the display unit 15.

The display area A1710 includes a display area A1711 indicating information on the acquisition target card selected in the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620 and a display area A1712 indicating information on the provision target card selected in the provision target card selection screen image A1610. It is. In addition, in the display area A1711, for the game card Ca registered in the “desired card list” of the user Ua, a frame image P17001 is displayed around it. Similarly, a frame image P17001 is displayed around the game card Cx registered in the “desired card list” of the user Ub in the display area A1712.

  When the processing object P1701 is selected on the exchange application content confirmation screen image G1700, the exchange application for the user Ub is accepted from the user Ua with the content displayed in the display area A1710. The above is an example of the procedure of the exchange application by the user. In the game system 1, a user who is an exchange application source (for example, user Ua) may be able to make a plurality of exchange applications for a user who is an exchange application destination (for example, user Ub). For example, in the game system 1, a first exchange application for exchanging a first provision target card and a first acquisition target card as an exchange application for a user who is an exchange application destination from a user who is an exchange application source, The second exchange application for exchanging the second provision target card and the second acquisition target card may be accepted. In this case, the first acquisition target card and the second acquisition target card may be the same, and the first provision target card and the second provision target card may be different. In the above case, the first acquisition target card and the second acquisition target card may be different, and the first provision target card and the second provision target card may be the same. In the above case, the first acquisition target card and the second acquisition target card may be different, and the first provision target card and the second provision target card may be different. In the above, the first provision target card (or the first provision target card) is different from the first provision target card (or the first acquisition target card and the second acquisition target card). This means that any game card included in the (acquisition target card) and any game card included in the second provision target card (or the second acquisition target card) are not the same.

[1.2.3. Confirmation and acceptance of exchange application]
Next, the flow of confirmation and acceptance of the exchange application for the second user, which is mainly performed based on the operation of the second user (user Ub), will be described with reference to FIGS. Hereinafter, an example of a screen image displayed when the processing object P1203 is selected while the exchange menu screen image G1200 illustrated in FIG. 5 is displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 will be described. .

  FIG. 13 shows an example of a replacement application list screen image G2400 displayed when the processing object P1203 of the replacement menu screen image G1200 is selected. As shown in FIG. 13, the exchange application list screen image G2400 includes a display area A2410 and a processing object P2401. When the processing object P2401 is selected, the previous screen image is displayed on the display unit 15.

  In display area A2410, a list of exchange applications with user Ub as the application destination is displayed. The display area A2410 includes display areas A2411 and A2412 for displaying the contents of each replacement application.

  FIG. 13 shows a case where an exchange application is made from the user Ua and the user Uc to the user Ub. For this reason, information on replacement applications from the user Ua is displayed in the display area A2411, and information on replacement applications from the user Uc is displayed in the display area A2412. In the display area A2410, among the game cards for which the user Ub has received an application for replacement from another user, the frame image P24001 is displayed for the game card registered by the user Ub in the “desired card”. It is displayed around. Thereby, the user Ub can recognize whether or not it is an exchange application for which his / her “desired card” can be obtained. Further, in the display area A2410, the frame image P24001 may be displayed around the “desired card” of other users (for example, the users Ua and Uc) who apply to the user Ub for exchange. Thereby, the user Ub can recognize which game card the user applying for the exchange desires.

  In the exchange application list screen image G2400 shown in FIG. 13, by selecting one of the exchange applications displayed in the display area A2410, a screen image for determining whether to accept the selected exchange application (exchange application acceptance screen) An image G2500) is displayed.

  FIG. 14 shows an example of the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500. The exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 shown in FIG. 14 is displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 when the user Ub selects the display area A2411 in the exchange application list screen image G2400 shown in FIG. It is a screen image.

  As shown in FIG. 14, the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 includes a display area A2510 and processing objects P2501, P2502, and P2503. When the processing object P2503 is selected, the previous screen image is displayed on the display unit 15.

  The display area A2510 is an area for displaying information on a replacement application that is a target for determining whether or not to accept. In the display area A2510, a display area A2511 that displays information about a game card that the user Ub obtains from the user Ua that is the exchange partner, and information about the game card that the user Ub provides to the user Ua that is the exchange partner Is included.

  The user Ub selects the processing object P2501 when accepting the exchange application displayed in the display area A2510. In addition, when the user Ub does not accept (reject) the exchange application displayed in the display area A2510, the user Ub selects the processing object P2502. When the processing object P2502 is selected, the exchange application displayed in the display area A1510 is updated from the waiting state for acceptance to the state of acceptance rejection, and the exchange application source user Ua receives an exchange application from the user Ub. You will be notified that you have been denied. Further, when the exchange application is in a state of rejection of acceptance, for example, information on the exchange application in a state of rejection of rejection is not displayed in the display area A2410 of the exchange application list screen image G2400 shown in FIG.

  When the processing object P2501 is selected in the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 of FIG. 14 and the exchange application displayed in the display area A2510 is accepted, game card exchange based on the accepted exchange application is executed. When the game card is exchanged, an exchange completion screen image G2600 shown in FIG. 15 is displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2.

  As shown in FIG. 15, the exchange completion screen image G2600 includes a display area A2610 for displaying the contents of the exchange completed, and a processing object P2601 for returning to the menu screen image G1000 shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 15, in the display area A2610, the user Ub who accepted the exchange application accepts the exchange application and the display area A2611 where the information of the game card obtained from the user Ua who is the exchange application source is displayed. The display area A2612 where the information of the game card provided by the user Ub provided to the user Ua who is the exchange application source is displayed is included.

In the above-described example, when a user selects a game card as a desired card or an exhibition card, the game card is directly selected. However, the game card selection method is not limited to this. For example, the user designates a condition that the game card selected as the desired card and the exhibition card satisfies, and selects a game card that satisfies the designated condition as the desired card and the exhibition card, respectively. Also good. For example, the user as a "condition for game card satisfies" above, specific attribute information (e.g., certain special effects, special skills, classification, name, etc.) game card with the parameters associated with the game card (for example, a game card performance, rare degree, game card parameters that indicate the value, etc.) is in a specific range, good as specifying a game card belonging to a specific group. Similarly, when the user selects the acquisition target card and the provision target card, the conditions for satisfying the game card selected as the acquisition target card and the conditions for satisfying the game card selected as the provision target card are specified. A game card may be selected as the acquisition target card and the provision target card.

  The above is an example of game card exchange executed in the game system 1.

[1.3. Functions realized in game system 1]
Next, a configuration provided in the game system 1 for realizing the functions as described above will be described.

  FIG. 16 is a functional block diagram showing functions related to the present invention among the functions realized by the game system 1.

  As shown in FIG. 16, the server 30 functions as a data storage unit 310, a display control unit 320, a provision candidate game object selection reception unit 330, a desired game object selection reception unit 340, an acquisition target game object selection reception unit 350, an exchange. Partner candidate selection unit 360, exchange partner selection reception unit 370, provision target game object selection reception unit 380, acquisition target game object addition reception unit 390, exchange application reception unit 400, exchange application selection reception unit 410, consent reception unit 420, and An exchange execution unit 430 is included. In the server 30, the control unit 31 executes processes according to programs stored in the storage unit 32, thereby realizing the functions described above.

  As shown in FIG. 16, the first terminal 10-1 functions as a display control unit 110, a provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 130, a desired game object selection result notification unit 150, and an acquisition target game object selection result notification. Unit 170, exchange partner selection result notification unit 180, provision target game object selection result notification unit 190, acquisition target game object addition result notification unit 200, and exchange application notification unit 210. In the first terminal 10-1, the control unit 11 executes processing according to a program stored in the storage unit 12, thereby realizing each function described above.

  Also, as shown in FIG. 16, the second terminal 10-2 functions as a display control unit 120, a provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 140, a desired game object selection result notification unit 160, and an exchange application selection result notification unit 220. , And a consent result notification unit 230. In the second terminal 10-2, the control unit 11 executes processing according to a program stored in the storage unit 12, thereby realizing each function described above.

  In the following, a case where the game object is a game card (an example of a game character data format) will be described as an example.

[1.3.1. Data storage unit 310]
The data storage unit 310 is mainly realized by the storage unit 32 of the server 30. The data storage unit 310 may be realized by a storage unit included in another device capable of data communication with the server 30. The data storage unit 310 stores various data necessary for a game executed in the game system 1. For example, the data storage unit 310 includes information on game cards used in games executed in the game system 1, information on game cards owned by the respective users, information on game cards desired to be obtained, and games with other users. Information for exchanging cards, information indicating the state of each user in the game, information for controlling a game executed using the game card, and the like are stored.

  For example, in the data storage unit 310, a game card (an example of a game object) associated with each of a plurality of user IDs (an example of user identification information) and associated with the user ID by a user identified by the user ID. One or more game cards set as a provision candidate card (an example of a provision candidate game object) are stored.

  Further, for example, the data storage unit 310 stores one or more game cards set as a desired card (an example of a desired game object) by the user identified by the user ID in association with each of the plurality of user IDs. The

  Hereinafter, the game object information table TBL101, the user information table TBL102, the owned game object information table TBL103, and the exchange application information table TBL104, which are examples of data stored in the data storage unit 310, will be described.

[1.3.1.1. Game object information table TBL101]
FIG. 17 shows an example of the game object information table TBL101 stored in the data storage unit 310. The game object information table TBL101 is a data table that stores information associated with a game card provided in a game.

  Various types of information stored in association with the game card identification information correspond to “information associated with the game card”. In the example shown in FIG. 17, the game object information table TBL101 is associated with a “card ID” that uniquely identifies a game card, a “name” of the game card, a “card image” that specifies image data of the game card, “Rareness” of game cards, “Number of circulation” of game cards, “Special skills” of game cards, “Attack power” of game cards, “Defense power” of game cards, “Cost” of game cards, “ Information on items such as “sale price” and “appearance date” of the game card is stored. Note that the information associated with the game card is not limited to the information illustrated in FIG.

  The above “rare degree” corresponds to the rarity information indicating the rarity of the game card. The “circulation number” is information indicating the number of game cards present in the game. For example, the “number of circulation” also corresponds to information indicating the rarity of the game card. The smaller the “circulation number”, the higher the rarity of the game card.

  The above “special skill” indicates the presence and type of the special skill possessed by the game card. In a game in which a game card and other game cards (referred to as enemies) play against each other, the “special skill” can be said to be a special effect that occurs when a game is played against an enemy. The “attack power” is information indicating attack power when attacking an enemy. The “defense power” is information indicating the defense power when an attack is received from an enemy.

  The above “cost” is information indicating the level of expense required to use the game card. For example, in the case of a game in which a deck is constructed using a game card, the above “cost” indicates the amount of expense necessary for incorporating the game card into the deck. In addition, for example, in the case of a game in which a game card is used to play against another game card, the above “cost” indicates the level of cost required for the game card to participate in the battle.

  The “sale price” is the amount obtained when the game card is sold. For example, the “sale price” may be represented by virtual money distributed in the game. The “appearance date and time” is information indicating the date and time when the game card first appeared in the game. That is, the “appearance date and time” is information indicating the date and time when the game card can be provided to the user.

[1.3.1.2. User information table TBL102]
FIG. 18 shows an example of the user information table TBL102 stored in the data storage unit 310. The user information table TBL102 is a data table that stores information associated with a user who plays a game. For example, the “information associated with the user” includes a list of identification information of the user's desired card.

  The “desired card” is a game card that the user desires to obtain. The desired card may be a game card that is arbitrarily selected by the user from all the game cards that can be used in the game executed in the game system or a part of the game cards.

  As shown in FIG. 18, in the user information table TBL102, a “user name” indicating the name of the user in association with a “user ID” that uniquely identifies the user, and the game card that the user desires to obtain are displayed. Information about items such as “desired card list” which is a list of identification information is stored.

[1.3.1.3. Owned game object information table TBL103]
FIG. 19 shows an example of the owned game object information table TBL103 stored in the data storage unit 310. The owned game object information table TBL103 is a data table that stores information on game cards owned by the user.

  In the example shown in FIG. 19, in the possessed game object information table TBL103, a “card ID” that uniquely identifies the type of game card owned by the user in association with a “user ID” that uniquely identifies the user, a card "Serial number" that uniquely identifies each game card with the same ID, "Card level" that indicates the level of the game card itself, "Special skill level" that indicates the level of special skill of the game card, and the date and time when the game card was obtained Information about items such as “acquisition date and time” indicating “exhibition flag” and “exhibition flag” indicating whether or not a game card is selected as an exhibition card is stored. When the user owns a plurality of the same game cards, the “card ID” of the game cards is the same, but the “serial number” is different.

  The “card level” is an index indicating the level of performance of a game card, for example. For example, the “card level” is represented by a numerical value. For example, the attack power and defense power of the game card correspond to an example of “performance of the game card”. The “special skill level” is an index indicating the magnitude of the effect of the special skill of the game card, for example. The card level associated with the game card and the value of the special skill level are updated in response to the user who owns the game card executing the game.

  For example, when a user obtains a game card selected by a lottery method from a plurality of types of game cards using a lottery ticket for obtaining a game card, the date and time when the lottery is executed is the above-mentioned “ It is stored in “Acquisition Date”. Further, for example, when a user obtains a game card as a reward by achieving a task in a game, the date and time when the task is achieved is stored in the “acquisition date and time”. Further, for example, when a user obtains a game card by exchanging a game card with another user, the date and time when the game card is exchanged is stored in the “acquisition date and time”.

As the “exhibition flag”, for example, “1” is stored when a game card is selected as an exhibition card, and “0” is stored when the game card is not selected as an exhibition card. The “exhibition card” is a game card that permits the user to provide the other user in exchange for obtaining the game card from the other user. Further, the “exhibition flag” information is updated based on information received by a provision candidate game object selection receiving unit 330 described later.

[1.3.1.4. Exchange application information table TBL104]
FIG. 20 shows an example of the exchange application information table TBL104 stored in the data storage unit 310. The exchange application information table TBL104 is a data table that stores information on game card exchange applications performed between users.

  “Game card replacement application” refers to applying for a game card replacement. For example, “game card replacement application” means one or more game cards (exhibition cards) selected by the first user from among game cards owned by the second user and whose exhibition flag is set to “1”. The first user exchanges the game card (acquisition target card) with one or more game cards (provided target card) selected by the first user from among the game cards owned by the first user. It is to apply for. And when a 2nd user accepts the exchange application from a 1st user, exchange with an acquisition object card | curd and a provision object card | curd is performed between a 1st user and a 2nd user.

  In the example shown in FIG. 20, the exchange application information table TBL 104 is associated with the “exchange application ID” that uniquely identifies the exchange application, and is the user who applied for the exchange (that is, the user who applied for the exchange. “Applicant user ID” for identifying the application user (which may be referred to as the application source user), “Application for identifying the exchange partner user (that is, the user who receives the application for the exchange and may be referred to as the application destination user hereinafter) “Destination User ID”, “Acquisition Target Card” indicating a game card that the application source user intends to obtain from the application destination user, “Provision Target Card” indicating a game card that the application source user intends to provide to the application destination user, exchange Information about items such as “application reception date” indicating the application reception date and “status flag” indicating the status of the exchange application is stored. The information stored in the exchange application information table TBL104 may be registered based on information received by the exchange application receiving unit 400 described later.

  In the item “card to be obtained”, the card ID and serial number of the game card selected as the card to be obtained are stored. Similarly, the item “provided card” stores the card ID and serial number of the game card selected as the provided card.

  In the item of “status flag”, the status of the exchange application is “waiting for acceptance (flag value = 0)”, “accepted (flag value = 1)”, “rejection or cancellation (flag value = 2)”. , The corresponding numerical value is stored. For example, when a replacement application (hereinafter referred to as a target replacement application) is received from the application source user, the value of the “status flag” is initially set to “0”. When the application user accepts the exchange application, the value of the “status flag” is updated to “1”. That is, if the “status flag” is “1”, it means that the exchange application has been accepted and the exchange has been executed. In addition, if the application user rejects the replacement application, or if the application user accepts another replacement application and it becomes impossible to execute the replacement according to the replacement application, the “status flag” will be displayed. It is updated to “2”.

[1.3.2. Display control unit 320, 110, 120]
The display control unit 320 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30.

  The display control unit 320 executes control for displaying the screen image on the display device used by the user.

The “display device used by the user” is, for example, a terminal used by the user and a terminal provided with a display unit. For example, (including smart phone) mobile phone, a tablet computer, laptop computer, or a portable game machine, corresponds to an example of a "user uses the display device." Alternatively, the “display device used by the user” is, for example, a display device connected to a terminal used by the user. For example, a display device connected to a stationary game machine or a desktop computer corresponds to an example of a “display device used by a user”.

  “Executing control for displaying a screen image on a display device used by a user” means, for example, generating a screen image and displaying the screen image on the display device. Alternatively, “execute control for displaying a screen image on a display device used by a user” means, for example, generating data for displaying a screen image and connecting the data to the display device or the display device. The screen image is displayed on the display device by transmitting to the terminal. In the case of the present embodiment, since the display control unit 320 is realized by the server 30, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying a screen image and transmits the generated data to the terminal 10. Thus, the screen image is displayed on the display unit 15 of the terminal 10.

  The display control unit 110 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, and the communication unit 13 of the first terminal 10-1.

  The display control unit 110 executes control for displaying a screen image on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1. For example, the display control unit 110 receives the data transmitted by the display control unit 320 of the server 30, and displays a screen image on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 based on the received data. For example, the screen images illustrated in FIGS. 2, 3, 5, 6, and 9 to 12 correspond to an example of a screen image displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 by the display control unit 110.

  The display control unit 120 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, and the communication unit 13 of the second terminal 10-2.

  The display control unit 120 executes control for displaying the screen image on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2. For example, the display control unit 120 receives the data transmitted by the display control unit 320 of the server 30, and displays a screen image on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 based on the received data. For example, the screen images illustrated in FIGS. 2, 4, 7, and 13 to 15 correspond to an example of a screen image displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 by the display control unit 120.

[1.3.3. Provided candidate game object selection receiving unit 330 and provided candidate game object selection result notifying units 130 and 140]
The provision candidate game object selection receiving unit 330 is realized mainly by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. On the other hand, the provision candidate game object selection result notifying unit 130 is realized mainly by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1. The provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 140 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the second terminal 10-2.

  The provision candidate game object selection receiving unit 330 selects at least one of the game cards associated with the first user ID (an example of the first user identification information) as an exhibition card (an example of the provision candidate game object). Is received from the first user identified by the first user ID.

  Further, the provision candidate game object selection receiving unit 330 selects at least one of the game cards associated with the second user ID (an example of the second user identification information) as an exhibition card (an example of the provision candidate game object). Is received from the second user identified by the second user ID.

Here, the “first user ID” is user identification information of the first user. That is, the first user ID from another user by exchanging game cards, identification information of a user attempting to obtain the selected game card (available target card). Further, for example, the first user identification information can be said to be user identification information on the side applying for a game card exchange by exchanging a game card with another user.

  The “second user ID” is any user ID other than the first user ID among the plurality of user IDs managed by the server 30. The second user ID is a user ID that can be a replacement candidate for the first user. It can also be said to be a user ID for which a first user may apply for a game card exchange. The second user ID is the user ID of the second user. That is, the user identified by the second user ID is the second user.

  The “exhibition card” is a game card that is a candidate that the user provides to other users by exchanging among the game cards owned by the user. That is, it is a game card that the user thinks may be provided to other users by exchanging the game card. In other words, it is a game card that allows other users to select as an acquisition target card from among the game cards owned by the user.

  “Accepting selection of a game card from the user” means, for example, accepting an operation of selecting a game card from the user. Alternatively, “accepting selection of a game card from a user” means, for example, receiving data indicating that a game card has been selected from the user's terminal. In the case of the present embodiment, the provision candidate game object selection receiving unit 330 is realized by the server 30. Therefore, as will be described below, the provision candidate game object selection receiving unit 330 indicates that the exhibition card has been selected. Is received from the first terminal 10-1 (providing candidate game object selection result notifying unit 130) and the second terminal 10-2 (providing candidate game object selecting result notifying unit 140).

  In accepting selection of an exhibition card from the first user, an exhibition screen image G1300 for selecting at least one of the game cards associated with the first user ID as an exhibition card is displayed on the first terminal 10-1. Control for this is executed by the display control unit 320.

  For example, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the exhibition screen image G1300 and transmits the generated data to the first terminal 10-1. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the first terminal 10-1 displays the exhibition screen image G1300 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 based on the received data.

  While the exhibition screen image G1300 is displayed, the provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 130 selects an exhibition card from among the game cards (the first user's possession card) associated with the first user ID. Is received through the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1. For example, in the case of the exhibition screen image G1300, an operation of checking the check box corresponding to the game card and selecting the processing object P1301 corresponds to the above operation.

  When an operation for selecting an exhibition card is accepted, the provision candidate game object selection result notifying unit 130 transmits information indicating the selection result of the exhibition card to the server 30. For example, the provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 130 transmits to the server 30 the user ID of the first user (user Ua) and information on the exhibition card selected by the first user. Here, “exhibition card information” is, for example, the card ID and serial number of the game card selected as the exhibition card.

  Then, the provision candidate game object selection receiving unit 330 receives the information (user ID, card ID, serial number) transmitted by the provision candidate game object selection result notifying unit 130, thereby receiving the selection of the exhibition card. In this case, the provision candidate game object selection accepting unit 330 searches the possessed game object information table TBL103 for a record storing the received user ID, card ID, and serial number information, and “exhibition flag” of the retrieved record. The value of is updated to “1”.

  Further, the provision candidate game object selection accepting unit 330 accepts the selection of the second user's exhibition card from the provision candidate game object selection result notifying unit 140 of the second terminal 10-2. The selection notification process of the second user's exhibition card by the provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 140 of the second terminal 10-2 is the same as the process by the provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 130 of the first terminal 10-1. Since there is, explanation is omitted.

[1.3.4. Desired game object selection receiving unit 340 and desired game object selection result notifying units 150 and 160]
The desired game object selection receiving unit 340 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. On the other hand, the desired game object selection result notification unit 150 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1. The desired game object selection result notification unit 160 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the second terminal 10-2.

  The desired game object selection accepting unit 340 selects the at least one of the game cards that can be used in the game system 1 as a desired card (an example of a desired game object). Accept from user. Note that the game card selected by the user as the desired card may be a game card that is not owned by the user, and is arbitrarily selected from all or some of the game cards that the user can use in the game system 1. It is good that it can be selected.

  The desired game object selection receiving unit 340 is identified by the second user ID to select at least one of the game cards available in the game system 1 as a desired card (an example of a desired game object). Accept from the second user.

  Since desired game object selection receiving unit 340 is realized by server 30, as will be described below, desired game object selection receiving unit 340 provides data indicating that a desired card has been selected to first terminal 10. -1 (desired game object selection result notification unit 150) and the second terminal 10-2 (desired game object selection result notification unit 160).

  In accepting selection of a desired card from the first user, a desired card list screen image G1100 for selecting at least one of the game cards available in the game system 1 as the desired card is displayed on the first terminal 10-1. The display control unit 320 executes control for causing the display control to occur.

  For example, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the desired card list screen image G1100 and transmits the generated data to the first terminal 10-1. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the first terminal 10-1 displays the desired card list screen image G1100 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 based on the received data.

When the processing object P1101 in the desired card list screen image G1100 is selected, the desired card list can be edited. The desired game object selection result notifying unit 150 allows the first user to select a desired card on the desired card list editing screen. It is monitored whether or not the operation to be selected is received via the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1.

When an operation for selecting a desired card is accepted, the desired game object selection result notifying unit 150 transmits information indicating the desired card selection result to the server 30. For example, the desired game object selection result notifying unit 150 transmits the user ID of the first user (user Ua) and information on the desired card selected by the first user to the server 30. Here, “desired card information” is, for example, the card ID of the game card selected as the desired card.

The desired game object selection accepting unit 340, a desired game object selection result notification section 1 5 0 the information (user ID, a card ID) sent by by receiving receives the selection of the desired card. In this case, the desired game object selection accepting unit 340 searches the user information table TBL102 for a record storing the received user ID information, and enters the received “card ID” in the “desired card list” of the retrieved record. "Is written.

  In addition, the desired game object selection receiving unit 340 receives the selection of the desired card of the second user from the desired game object selection result notification unit 160 of the second terminal 10-2. Since the desired game object selection result notification unit 160 of the second terminal 10-2 is similar to the processing of the desired game object selection result notification unit 150 of the first terminal 10-1, the second user's desired card selection notification process is the same. Description is omitted.

[1.3.5. Acquisition target game object selection receiving unit 350 and acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 170]
The acquisition target game object selection receiving unit 350 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. The acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 170 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1.

  The acquisition target game object selection receiving unit 350 receives from the first user identified by the first user ID selection of the acquisition target game object that is a game object to be acquired from the other user by the first user by exchange. .

  Since the acquisition target game object selection reception unit 350 is realized by the server 30, the acquisition target game object selection reception unit 350 is obtained from the exhibition cards registered in the server 30 as described below. Data for selecting the target card is received from the first terminal 10-1 (obtain target game object selection result notifying unit 170).

  For example, “data for selecting an acquisition target card” is identification information (card ID) for identifying a game card selected as an acquisition target card by the first user from among the exhibition cards registered in the server 30. It may be a search condition for searching for an acquisition target card from among the exhibition cards registered in the server 30. For example, the search condition may be specified by any one or a combination of attribute information such as the card name, rare degree, circulation number, special skill, attack power, defense power, cost, sale price, appearance date and time of the game card. Good. In the following, an example in which an acquisition target card is selected based on a search condition set by the first user will be described.

In accepting selection of the acquisition target card from the first user, the first terminal 10-1 displays an exhibition card search screen image G1400 for selecting at least one of the exhibition cards registered in the server 30 as the acquisition target card. The display control unit 320 executes control for causing the display to be displayed.

For example, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the exhibition card search screen image G1400, and transmits the generated data to the first terminal 10-1. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the first terminal 10-1 displays the exhibition card search screen image G1400 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 based on the received data.

In the exhibition card search screen image G1400, the acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 170 performs a first operation in which the first user inputs a search condition (for example, a card name) in the search condition input area A1401 and selects the processing object P1402. It is monitored whether it has been received from the user via the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1. When the above operation is accepted, the acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 170 transmits a search condition for selecting the acquisition target card to the server 30.

  For example, the acquisition target game object selection receiving unit 350 searches the game object information table TBL101 for a card ID that satisfies a search condition (for example, a card name) transmitted from the acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 170. The received card ID may be accepted as an acquisition target card selected by the first user.

[1.3.6. Exchange partner candidate selection section 360]
The exchange partner candidate selection unit 360 is mainly realized by the control unit 31 and the storage unit 32 of the server 30.

The exchange partner candidate selection unit 360 selects the user ID of the exchange partner candidate who is the candidate of the partner who exchanges the first user ID and the game object from the user IDs other than the first user ID and the acquisition target card. The selection is based on the exhibition card associated with the other user ID, the desired card associated with the other user ID, and the exhibition card associated with the first user ID.

  The “exchange partner candidate” is a user who can be selected as a game card exchange partner for the first user to obtain the acquisition target card. For example, the exchange partner candidate is a user who is selected from users who have registered the acquisition target card in the exhibition card.

  For example, the exchange partner candidate selection unit 360 determines that “the determination result whether or not the acquisition card is included in the exhibition card associated with the other user ID” and the “desired card associated with the other user ID” The exchange partner candidate may be selected based on the determination result of whether or not there is one or more game cards included in both the exhibition card associated with the first user ID.

  The latter determination result can also be said to be a determination result of whether or not the desired card associated with another user ID includes at least one of the exhibition cards associated with the first user ID. Alternatively, the latter determination result can be said to be a determination result of whether or not at least one of the desired cards associated with other user IDs is included in the exhibition card associated with the first user ID.

  For example, the exchange partner candidate selection unit 360 includes the acquisition target card among the exhibition cards associated with the second user ID different from the first user ID among the plurality of user IDs, and the second user ID. When at least one of the exhibition cards associated with the first user ID is included in the desired card associated with, the second user ID is selected as a candidate for exchange.

  Specifically, the exchange partner candidate selection unit 360 searches the owned game object information table TBL103 for a record whose exhibition flag is “1” for the card ID of the acquisition target card. Then, the exchange partner candidate selection unit 360, when the card ID of the exhibition card of the first user ID is included in the desired card list associated with the user ID included in the searched record in the user information table TBL102. The user ID is selected as an exchange partner candidate.

In addition, the display control unit 320 displays information related to the exchange partner candidate selected by the exchange partner candidate selection unit 360 on the display unit 15 (an example of a display device used by the first user) of the first terminal 10-1. Execute control. For example, the search result display screen image G1500 illustrated in FIG. 10 corresponds to an example of a screen image that displays information regarding the exchange partner candidate selected by the exchange partner candidate selection unit 360.

  In addition, the above-mentioned “information regarding the exchange partner candidate” is information regarding the user ID selected as the exchange partner candidate. For example, the user ID itself selected as the exchange partner candidate is included in the “information regarding the exchange partner candidate”. For example, various user information (for example, a user name, a user's avatar image, etc.) linked | related with the user ID elected as an exchange partner candidate is contained in said "information regarding an exchange partner candidate". It should be noted that the “information regarding the exchange partner candidate” may ensure the anonymity of the exchange partner candidate by not including information identifying the user such as the user ID and the user name.

  Further, for example, information related to the exhibition card associated with the user ID selected as the exchange partner candidate is included in the “information regarding exchange partner candidate”. Note that “information related to an exhibition card” refers to, for example, the card level, special skill level, card name, card image, rareness, circulation, special skill, attack power, defense power, cost, sale price, appearance date, etc. Contains information. The information on the card level and the special skill level of the exhibition card can be acquired from the record including the user ID selected as the exchange partner candidate and the card ID of the acquisition target card in the owned game object information table TBL103.

  Further, for example, information related to the desired card associated with the user ID selected as the exchange partner candidate is included in the “information regarding exchange partner candidate”. The “information regarding the desired card” includes, for example, information such as the card name of the desired card, card image, rarity, number of circulation, special skill, attack power, defense power, cost, sale price, appearance date and time.

Note that the information displayed in the display areas A1511, A1512, and A1513 in the search result display screen image G1500 shown in FIG. 10 corresponds to an example of the “information regarding the exchange partner candidate”. Further, information displayed in the display areas A15111, A15121, and A15131 in the search result display screen image G1500 corresponds to an example of the “information related to the exhibition card”. The information displayed in the display areas A15112, A15122, and A15132 in the search result display screen image G1500 corresponds to an example of the “information regarding the desired card”.

[1.3.7. Exchange partner selection receiving unit 370 and exchange partner selection result notifying unit 180]
The exchange partner selection receiving unit 370 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. The exchange partner selection result notifying unit 180 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1.

  The exchange partner selection receiving unit 370 receives the selection of the exchange partner from the exchange partner candidates selected by the exchange partner candidate selecting unit 360 from the first user.

  The “exchange partner” is one user ID selected by the first user from user IDs that are exchange partner candidates. It can also be said that the first user is the user ID of the other party who applies for game card replacement.

  When selecting the exchange partner, the display control unit 320 displays, from the first user, a selection screen image for accepting selection of an exchange partner who is a partner to exchange game cards from among the exchange partner candidates. Control for displaying on the display unit 15 of −1 is executed.

  The “selection screen image” is a screen image for selecting one exchange partner from the exchange partner candidates. For example, a list of exchange partner candidates may be displayed on the selection screen image, and a user selected by the first user from the list may be selected as the exchange partner.

  Further, the “selection screen image” includes, for each of the exchange partner candidates, the desired card associated with the exchange partner candidate and the exhibition card associated with the first user ID. Information about included game cards is displayed.

  Here, “information about the game card” is at least a part of information associated with the game card. For example, the information associated with the game card includes information on the name of the game card, the image of the game card (image), and attribute information of the game card (parameters such as level, performance, type, special skill, level of special skill). included.

  In addition, in the selection screen image, information regarding the acquisition target card associated with the exchange partner candidate is displayed for each of the exchange partner candidates.

  The “information about the acquisition target card” is at least a part of information associated with the acquisition target card. For example, the information on the cards to be acquired includes parameters (for example, level, level of special skill, attack power, defense power, etc.) having different values depending on game cards having the same card ID but different serial numbers. As good as

  Since exchange partner selection accepting unit 370 is realized by server 30, as described below, exchange partner selection accepting unit 370 receives data indicating that an exchange partner has been selected, from first terminal 10-1. (Exchange partner selection result notifying unit 180).

In accepting the selection of the exchange partner from the first user, a search result display screen image G1500 for selecting one of the exchange partner candidates selected by the exchange partner candidate selection unit 360 as the exchange partner (the above selection screen image) Control for causing the first terminal 10-1 to display an example) is executed by the display control unit 320.

For example, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the search result display screen image G1500, and transmits the generated data to the first terminal 10-1. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the first terminal 10-1 displays the search result display screen image G1500 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 based on the received data.

For example, when one of the display areas for displaying information of exchange partner candidates such as display areas A1511, A1512, A1513 in the search result display screen image G1500 is selected by the first user, the exchange partner selection result notifying unit 180 The user ID corresponding to the display area selected by the first user is transmitted to the server 30 as the user ID of the exchange partner.

  The exchange partner selection accepting unit 370 of the server 30 accepts the user ID notified by the exchange partner selection result notifying unit 180 as the user ID of the exchange partner selected by the first user.

[1.3.8. Providing target game object selection receiving unit 380 and providing target game object selection result notifying unit 190]
The provision target game object selection receiving unit 380 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. The provision target game object selection result notification unit 190 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1.

  The provision target game object selection receiving unit 380 receives, from the first user, selection of a provision target card that is a game card provided to the exchange partner from among the game cards associated with the first user ID.

  The “card to be provided” is a game card that the first user desires to provide in the exchange of the game card between the first user and the exchange partner. In other words, it is a game card that the first user wants to hand over in exchange.

  “Selection of provision target card” means, for example, selection of a provision target card. That is, at least one of the game cards associated with the first user ID is selected as a provision target card. In other words, in the exchange of the game card with the exchange partner, the game card to be presented to the exchange partner is selected from the game cards owned by the first user.

  Upon selection of the provision target card, the display control unit 320 displays a provision target card selection screen image for accepting selection of the provision target card from among the game cards associated with the first user ID. The control for displaying on the display unit 15 is executed.

  The “providing target card selection screen image” is a screen image displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 used by the first user to select a providing target card. For example, a list of game cards owned by the first user is displayed on the provision target card selection screen image, and the game card selected by the first user is selected as the provision target card from the displayed list. As good as For example, the provision target card selection screen image A1610 shown in FIG. 11 corresponds to an example of the provision target card selection screen image.

  The provision target card selection screen image displays a game card associated with the first user ID, and is included in a desired card associated with the user ID of the exchange partner among the game cards associated with the first user ID. The game card may be preferentially displayed or distinguished from other game cards.

  In addition, the offer card selection screen image displays an exhibition card associated with the first user ID, and among the exhibition cards associated with the first user ID, the desired card associated with the user ID of the exchange partner is displayed. The included game card may be preferentially displayed or distinguished from other game cards.

  Here, “preferential display of game cards with respect to other game cards” means to preferentially display a target game card over other game cards (that is, non-preferential target game cards). It is. For example, when both the target game card to be preferentially displayed and other game cards are displayed on the screen image, the target game card to be preferentially displayed is to be displayed with priority over other game cards. . For example, displaying the target game card to be preferentially displayed at a position that is more conspicuous than other game cards corresponds to an example of the above “priority display”. Further, for example, when game cards are displayed in accordance with the priority order (display order), the priority order (display order) of the target game card to be preferentially displayed may be set higher than other game cards. This corresponds to an example of “display”.

  In addition, for example, only the target game card to be preferentially displayed is displayed on the screen image, and other game cards (that is, non-priority target game cards) are not displayed on the screen image. Equivalent to.

  In addition, the above-mentioned “display the game card with respect to other game cards” means that the user can distinguish the game card to be displayed separately from other game cards (that is, game cards that are not to be displayed separately). Is to display.

  For example, changing the display mode (color, brightness, size, etc.) of a target game card to be displayed in a different manner from the display mode of other game cards corresponds to an example of the above “differential display”. In addition, for example, a display mode (color, brightness, size, shape, type, line thickness, etc.) such as a mark or a frame displayed in association with a target game card to be distinguished is associated with another game card. Changing the display mode such as a mark or a frame to be displayed corresponds to an example of the “discrimination display”. In addition, for example, a mark or a frame or the like is displayed in association with only a game card to be distinguished and displayed, and a mark or a frame or the like is not displayed in association with another game card corresponds to an example of the “discrimination display”. In addition, for example, displaying a mark or a frame in association with only another game card without displaying a mark or a frame in association with the game card to be distinguished is equivalent to an example of the above-described “differentiation display” To do. Further, for example, differentiating the area for displaying the game card to be displayed in a different manner from the area for displaying another game card corresponds to an example of the above-mentioned “differentiation display”.

  For example, when selecting the provision target card, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 including the provision target card selection screen image A1610, and uses the generated data as the first data. It transmits to the terminal 10-1. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the first terminal 10-1 displays the replacement application content selection screen image G1600 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 based on the received data.

  When the processing object P1601 in the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 is selected, the provision target game object selection result notification unit 190 checks the provision target card selection screen image A1610 included in the exchange application content selection screen image G1600. The card ID and serial number of the game card whose box is checked are transmitted to the server 30 as information on the card to be provided.

The providing target game object selection receiving unit 380 receives the set of the card ID and serial number transmitted from the providing target game object selection result notifying unit 190 and receives it as information on the providing target card.

Note that, for example, the game card displayed on the provision target card selection screen image A1610 shown in FIG. 11 corresponds to the game card associated with the first user ID, and among the game cards associated with the first user ID. The fact that the game cards Cx, Cy, Cz, which are desired cards associated with the user ID of the exchange partner, are surrounded and displayed by the frame image P16001 corresponds to an example of the above “discrimination display”.

Further, for example, the game card displayed in the display area A1611 shown in FIG. 11 corresponds to the exhibition card associated with the first user ID, and among the exhibition cards associated with the first user ID, the exchange partner user The display of the game cards Cx and Cy, which are desired cards associated with the ID, surrounded by the frame image P16001 corresponds to an example of the above “discrimination display”.

[1.3.9. Acquisition target game object addition reception unit 390 and acquisition target game object addition result notification unit 200]
The acquisition target game object addition receiving unit 390 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. The acquisition target game object addition result notification unit 200 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1.

  The acquisition target game object addition receiving unit 390 receives, from the first user, selection of a game card to be added to the acquisition target from among the exhibition cards associated with the exchange partner user ID.

  When adding the acquisition target card, the display control unit 320 displays an acquisition target card addition screen image for accepting addition of the acquisition target card from among the exhibition cards associated with the exchange partner user ID. The control for displaying on one display unit 15 is executed.

  The “acquisition target card addition screen image” is a screen image displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 used by the first user to add the acquisition target card. For example, a list of exchange partner exhibition cards may be displayed on the acquisition target card addition screen image, and a game card selected by the first user from the displayed list may be added to the acquisition target card.

  In the acquisition target card addition screen image, an exhibition card associated with the user ID of the exchange partner is displayed, and among the exhibition cards associated with the user ID of the exchange partner, a desired card associated with the first user ID is displayed. Priority display or distinction display is made for other game cards.

  For example, when the above acquisition target card is additionally selected, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 including the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620. Transmit to one terminal 10-1. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the first terminal 10-1 displays the replacement application content selection screen image G1600 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 based on the received data.

When the processing object P1601 in the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 is selected, the acquisition target game object addition result notification unit 200 obtains the acquisition target card addition screen image A 16 2 included in the exchange application content selection screen image G1600. The card ID and serial number of the game card whose check box is checked at 0 are transmitted to the server 30 as information on the selected acquisition target card. In addition, the acquisition target game object addition result notification unit 200 obtains the card ID and serial number of the game card whose check box is checked in the display area A1622 included in the exchange application content selection screen image G1600. It is good also as transmitting to the server 30 as additional information.

The acquisition target game object addition receiving unit 390 receives the set of the card ID and serial number transmitted from the acquisition target game object addition result notification unit 200 and receives it as information on the acquisition target card.

For example, the game card displayed on the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620 shown in FIG. 11 corresponds to an exhibition card associated with the user ID of the exchange partner, and further, an exhibition card associated with the user ID of the exchange partner. The game card Ca, Cb, Cc, which is a desired card associated with the first user ID, is surrounded and displayed by the frame image P16001, which corresponds to an example of the “discrimination display”.

  In addition, the server 30 selects any combination of game cards from the first user as at least one of the acquisition target card and the provision target card in one exchange in the selection reception of the acquisition target card and the provision target card described above. Can be accepted. Note that “accept selection of a game card of any combination from the first user as at least one of the acquisition target card and the provision target card in one exchange” means one of the following three examples.

  [1] The selection of an arbitrary combination of game cards is accepted as an acquisition target card in a single exchange, and the selection of an arbitrary combination of game cards is also accepted as a provision target card in a single exchange.

  [2] With respect to the cards to be provided in one exchange, selection of an arbitrary combination of game cards is limited, but selection of an arbitrary combination of game cards is accepted as an acquisition target card in one exchange.

  [3] Regarding the acquisition target card in one exchange, selection of an arbitrary combination of game cards is limited, but selection of an arbitrary combination of game cards is accepted as a provision target card in one exchange.

  “Accept selection of game cards in any combination” means that the user can arbitrarily select the number of game cards to be selected and which game card to select when the user selects a game card, for example. Means.

  The above-mentioned “restricted selection of game cards of any combination” means, for example, when the user selects a game card, at least one of the number of game cards to be selected and which game card to select. This means that the user cannot select arbitrarily. For example, the number of selectable game cards is limited to a predetermined range (for example, two or less), the selectable game cards are limited, and the combinations of selectable game cards are limited This corresponds to an example of the above-mentioned “selection of arbitrary combinations of game cards is restricted”.

[1.3.10. Exchange application accepting unit 400 and exchange application notifying unit 210]
The exchange application receiving unit 400 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. On the other hand, the exchange application notification unit 210 is realized mainly by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1.

  The exchange application accepting unit 400 accepts, from the first user, an exchange application for the acquisition target card and the provision target card from the first user to the exchange partner.

  “Exchange application between acquisition target card and provision target card” refers to applying for replacement between the first user's provision target card and the exchange target acquisition target card.

  The “exchange application from the first user to the exchange partner” is an exchange application in which the first user is the applicant and the exchange partner is the applicant. In this case, whether or not to accept the exchange application from the first user is determined by the intention of the exchange partner. Further, “accepting an exchange application from the user” means, for example, accepting an operation for an exchange application from the user. For example, it is to receive data related to the exchange application from the user terminal device.

  For example, when the selection of the acquisition target card is received by the acquisition target game object addition receiving unit 390 and the selection of the supply target card is received by the provision target game object selection receiving unit 380, the display control unit 320 displays the exchange application content confirmation screen. Control for displaying the image G1700 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 is executed.

Here, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the exchange application content confirmation screen image G1700, and transmits the generated data to the first terminal 10-1. In this case, the display control unit 1 1 0 of the first terminal 10-1, based on the received data, and displays the replacement application contents confirmation screen image G1700 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1.

  While the exchange application content confirmation screen image G1700 is being displayed, the exchange application notifying unit 210 determines whether or not an operation for confirming that the exchange application is to be accepted is received via the input unit 14 of the first terminal 10-1. To monitor. For example, in the case of the exchange application content confirmation screen image G1700, an operation for selecting the processing object P1701 corresponds to the above operation.

  When an operation for confirming that an exchange application is to be made is accepted, the exchange application notifying unit 210 transmits information related to the exchange application to the server 30. The information transmitted here is selected as, for example, the user ID of the first user (user Ua) who is the exchange application source, the user ID of the second user (user Ub) who is the exchange partner, and the acquisition target card. Information on the selected game card and information on the game card selected as the provision target card. In this case, the exchange application accepting unit 400 accepts the exchange application by receiving the information transmitted by the exchange application notifying unit 210.

  When receiving a new exchange application, exchange application receiving unit 400 creates a new record in exchange application information table TBL104 based on the received exchange application, and registers information in the created record. For example, the exchange application accepting unit 400 issues a new exchange application ID, issues the exchange application ID issued, the user ID of the exchange application source user (application source user ID), and the user ID of the exchange application destination user (application destination) User ID), acquisition target card, provision target card, application reception date / time (may be the application reception date / time), and status flag (initial value = 0) are stored in the created new record.

[1.3.11. Exchange application selection acceptance unit 410 and exchange application selection result notification unit 220]
The exchange application selection receiving unit 410 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. Moreover, the exchange application selection result notification unit 220 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the second terminal 10-2.

  The exchange application selection accepting unit 410 accepts a selection of a plurality of exchange applications for the second user ID from the second user identified by the second user ID.

  The “exchange application for the second user ID” is an exchange application in which the game card associated with the second user ID is selected as the acquisition target card. For example, an exchange application that allows the second user to decide whether to accept or not. Further, for example, in the exchange application information table TBL104, the second user ID is stored in “application destination user ID”, and the exchange application ID whose “status flag” value is “0” corresponds to the above “second user ID” Corresponds to “replacement application”.

  Further, “accepting replacement application selection from the user” means, for example, accepting an operation for selecting the replacement application from the user. Alternatively, “accepting a replacement application selection from the user” means, for example, receiving data indicating that the replacement application has been selected from the user's terminal. In the case of the present embodiment, the exchange application selection receiving unit 410 is realized by the server 30. Therefore, as will be described below, the exchange application selection receiving unit 410 stores data indicating that the exchange application has been selected. Received from the second terminal 10-2 (exchange application selection result notification unit 220).

  In accepting the selection of the exchange application from the second user, the control for causing the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 to display the exchange application list screen image G2400 indicating the list of exchange applications for the second user ID is displayed control unit. Executed by 320.

  For example, the display control unit 320 is an exchange application in which the second user ID is stored as the application destination user ID based on the exchange application information table TBL104, and the value of the “status flag” is “0 (waiting for approval)” The data for displaying the exchange application list screen image G2400 indicating the list of at least one exchange application “is generated” is generated, and the generated data is transmitted to the second terminal 10-2. In this case, the display control unit 120 of the second terminal 10-2 displays the replacement application list screen image G2400 on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 based on the received data.

  The “exchange application list screen image” is a screen image configured to be able to display a list of exchange applications for the second user ID. For example, it is a screen image for selecting one of exchange applications for the second user ID. For example, it is a screen image for accepting any one of the exchange applications for the second user ID.

  In the “exchange application list screen image”, the exchange application in which the game card included in the desired card list of the second user among the exchange applications for the second user ID is selected as the card to be provided is preferentially displayed or displayed. A distinction is displayed.

  In addition, “priority display of an exchange application in which a game card included in the desired card list is selected as the provision target card” means that the game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as the provision target card. The application is displayed with priority over other exchange applications (exchange applications in which a game card included in the “desired card list” is not selected as a card to be provided). For example, only the exchange application in which the game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as the card to be provided is displayed, and no other exchange application is displayed, which corresponds to an example of the “priority display”. For example, displaying a replacement application in which a game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as a card to be provided in a more conspicuous position than other replacement applications corresponds to an example of the “priority display”. For example, when the exchange application is displayed according to the priority order (display order), the priority order (display order) of the exchange application in which the game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as the provision target card is changed to another. Making it higher than the exchange application also corresponds to an example of the above “priority display”.

  For example, in the exchange application list screen image G2400 shown in FIG. 13, the exchange application in which the game cards Cx and Cy included in the “desired card list” of the user Ub are selected as cards to be provided is displayed at the top. This corresponds to an example of the above “priority display”.

  In addition, “display a replacement application in which a game card included in the desired card list is selected as a provision target card” means that the game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as a provision target card. The application is displayed so that the user can distinguish it from other exchange applications (exchange applications in which a game card included in the “desired card list” is not selected as a card to be provided). For example, changing the display mode (color, brightness, size, etc.) of an exchange application in which a game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as a card to be provided to another display mode of an exchange application This corresponds to an example of “discrimination display”. In addition, for example, a display mode (color, brightness, size, shape, type, etc.) of a mark or a frame displayed in association with an exchange application in which a game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as a card to be provided Changing the line thickness or the like) to a display mode such as a mark or a frame displayed in association with another exchange application corresponds to an example of the above-described “discrimination display”. Further, for example, a mark or a frame is displayed only in association with an exchange application in which a game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as a card to be provided, and a mark or a frame is not displayed in association with another exchange application. This also corresponds to an example of the above “discrimination display”. Or, the game card included in the “desired card list” does not display the mark or frame in association with the exchange application selected as the card to be provided, but displays the mark or frame in association with only another exchange application. This also corresponds to an example of the “discrimination display” described above. Further, for example, it is also possible to make the area for displaying the exchange application in which the game card included in the “desired card list” is selected as the card to be provided different from the area for displaying other exchange applications. It corresponds to an example.

  For example, in the exchange application list screen image G2400 shown in FIG. 13, the frame image P24001 is displayed on the game cards Cx and Cy included in the “desired card list” of the user Ub. Equivalent to.

  Further, for example, in the exchange application list screen image G2400 shown in FIG. 13, the frame image P24001 is also displayed for the desired card of the user who is the exchange application source (for example, the user Ua or the user Uc) and displayed separately from other game cards. You may make it do.

  While the exchange application list screen image G2400 is displayed, the exchange application selection result notifying unit 220 performs an operation of selecting the exchange application from among the exchange applications for the second user ID by the input unit 14 of the second terminal 10-2. It is monitored whether it was accepted through For example, in the case of the replacement application list screen image G2400, an operation for selecting any replacement application displayed in the display area A2410 corresponds to the above operation.

When an operation for selecting a replacement application is received, the replacement application selection result notifying unit 220 transmits information indicating the selection result of the replacement application to the server 30. For example, the exchange application selection result notifying unit 220 transmits an exchange application ID for identifying the selected exchange application to the server 30. In this case, the exchange application selection receiving unit 410 receives the exchange application by receiving the information transmitted by the exchange application selection result notifying unit 2 20 .

  In addition, when selection of one replacement application among the replacement applications for the second user ID is received by the replacement application selection receiving unit 410, the display control unit 320 displays a replacement application acceptance screen indicating the contents of the one replacement application. Control for displaying the image G2500 on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 is executed.

  The “exchange application acceptance screen image” is a screen image configured to display the contents of the exchange application for the second user ID. For example, it is a screen image for confirming the contents of the exchange application for the second user ID. For example, it is a screen image for accepting the exchange application for the second user ID.

For example, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500, and transmits the generated data to the second terminal 10-2. In this case, the display control unit 1 2 0 of the second terminal 10-2, based on the received data, and displays the replacement application approval screen image G2500 on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2.

  For example, in the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500, the game cards included in the “desired card list” of the second user among the game cards selected as the cards to be provided in one exchange application are displayed with priority display or distinction display. Is done. For example, a frame image is displayed on the game card Cx included in the “desired card list” of the user Ub among the game cards Cx and Ce selected as the cards to be provided in the display area A2511 in the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 shown in FIG. P25001 is displayed and the frame image P25001 is not displayed on the game card Ce that is not included in the “desired card list” of the user Ub, which corresponds to an example of the above “discrimination display”.

  Further, for example, the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 includes a frame image for game cards included in the “desired card list” of the user Ua among game cards provided to the user Ua who is the exchange application source by the user Ub. P25001 may be displayed.

[1.3.12. Consent Accepting Unit 420 and Consent Result Notifying Unit 230]
The acceptance receiving unit 420 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30. The consent result notification unit 230 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the second terminal 10-2.

  The acceptance accepting unit 420 accepts consent for the exchange application accepted by the exchange application accepting unit 400 from the exchange partner.

  For example, when the exchange partner is the second user, the acceptance accepting unit 420 accepts the consent to the exchange application with the second user ID as the application destination from the second user identified by the second user ID.

  “Accepting exchange application” means accepting an exchange application.

  Further, “accepting acceptance from the user” means, for example, accepting an operation indicating acceptance of the exchange application from the user. Alternatively, “accept acceptance from the user” means that data indicating that the exchange application is accepted is received from the user terminal device. In the present embodiment, since the acceptance receiving unit 420 is realized by the server 30, as will be described below, the acceptance receiving unit 420 transmits data indicating that the exchange application is accepted to the second terminal 10-. 2 (acceptance result notification unit 230).

  For example, while the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 is displayed, the acceptance result notification unit 230 monitors whether or not an operation for accepting or rejecting the exchange application is accepted by the input unit 14 of the second terminal 10-2. To do. For example, in the case of the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500, the operation for selecting the processing object P2501 corresponds to the “operation for accepting the exchange application”. Further, an operation for selecting the processing object P2502 corresponds to an “operation for rejecting the exchange application”.

  When an operation for accepting or rejecting the exchange application is accepted, the acceptance result notifying unit 230 transmits information indicating an acceptance result for the exchange application to the server 30. For example, the acceptance result notification unit 230 transmits to the server 30 an exchange application ID for identifying the exchange application and information indicating an acceptance result of either “accept” or “reject”.

  In this case, the acceptance accepting unit 420 accepts the consent to the exchange application by receiving the information transmitted by the acceptance result notifying unit 230. Further, in this case, the acceptance unit 420 accepts the value of the “accept flag” associated with the exchange application ID received from the acceptance result notification unit 230 in the exchange application information table TBL104, and the received acceptance result is “accept”. Is updated to “1”, and is updated to “2” when the received acceptance result is “reject”.

[1.3.13. Exchange execution unit 430]
The exchange execution unit 430 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30.

  The exchange execution unit 430 executes exchange between the acquisition target card and the provision target card between the first user ID and the user ID of the exchange partner when the acceptance of the exchange application is accepted by the acceptance accepting unit 420. .

  The exchange execution unit 430 executes game card exchange based on the exchange application received by the exchange application reception unit 400. That is, based on the exchange application received by the exchange application receiving unit 400, the exchange between the acquisition target card and the provision target card is executed between the first user ID and the second user ID.

It is to be noted that the "exchange of game card", is to exchange the game card among a plurality of user ID. For example, “game card exchange” means exchanging a game card between a first user ID and a second user ID. Also, “game card exchange” means exchanging an acquisition target card and a provision target card.

  For example, “exchange of a game card between the first user ID and the second user ID” means that one or a plurality of provision target cards selected from among the game cards associated with the first user ID, 2 To exchange one or a plurality of acquisition target cards selected from among the exhibition cards associated with the user ID.

  That is, “exchange of a game card between the first user ID and the second user ID” means that, in exchange for the provision target card, the acquisition target card is added to the game card associated with the first user ID. In addition, in addition to the acquisition target card, the provision target card is added to the game card associated with the second user identification information.

  In other words, “exchange of game card between first user ID and second user ID” means that the provision target card is removed from the game cards associated with the first user ID, A game that is added to the game card associated with the second user ID, is removed from the game card associated with the second user ID, and the acquisition target card is associated with the first user ID. To be added out of the card.

  In addition, “execution of exchange between an acquisition target card and an offer target card based on an exchange application” means that, for example, when an exchange application is accepted, the acquisition target card in the exchange application and the exchange application It is to perform exchange with a card to be provided. Also, for example, when a replacement application is accepted, the second user is inquired whether to accept the replacement application, and when the replacement application is approved by the second user, In addition, executing the exchange with the provision target card in the exchange application corresponds to the above-described “Exchanging the acquisition target card and the provision target card based on the exchange application”.

  For example, when the second user approves one exchange application among a plurality of exchange applications for the second user ID, the exchange execution unit 430 and the exchange target card in the one exchange application and the one exchange Execute exchange with the target card in the application.

  For example, when the exchange execution unit 430 receives the exchange application ID and the acceptance result by the acceptance accepting unit 420, and the acceptance result indicates “acceptance”, the exchange execution unit 430 includes the exchange application ID identified by the exchange application ID. Exchange the card to be obtained and the card to be provided.

  Specifically, for example, the exchange execution unit 430 cancels the association between the application destination user ID and the acquisition target card in the approved exchange application, and associates the application source user ID and the acquisition target card. In addition, the exchange execution unit 430 cancels the association between the application source user ID and the provision target card in the accepted exchange application, and associates the application destination user ID and the provision target card.

In the above game system 1, the user information table TBL102 and the possessed game object information table TBL10 3 stored in the data storage unit 310, the acquisition target game object selection receiving unit 350, the exchange partner candidate selection unit 360, and the display control unit Functions other than 320, 110, and 120 are not necessarily provided in the game system 1 described above.

[1.4. Processing executed in game system 1]
Next, an example of processing executed in the game system 1 will be described. FIG. 21 to FIG. 25 are diagrams illustrating processing executed in the game system 1. 21 to 25, the process related to the first terminal 10-1 is executed based on the program stored in the storage unit 12 by the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1, and the second terminal 10-1. -2 is executed based on the program stored in the storage unit 12 by the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2, and the control unit 31 of the server 30 is stored in the storage unit 32 for processing related to the server 30. It is executed based on the program.

[1.4.1. Desired card registration process]
First, based on FIG. 21, an example of processing in which a user registers one or a plurality of game cards in the server 30 in association with a user ID that identifies the user as a desired card will be described. Note that the processing shown in FIG. 21 corresponds to the processing described in the screen image examples of FIGS. 3 and 4.

  As shown in FIG. 21, the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 communicates with the server 30 via the communication unit 13 and can be selected as a desired card based on an operation received from the user via the input unit 14. A process for receiving a selection of a desired card from the card is controlled (S100). The control unit 31 of the server 30 also communicates with the terminal 10 via the communication unit 33 and controls processing for accepting the selection of the desired card from the user (S300). The “game card that can be selected as a desired card” may be all game cards that can be used in the game system 1, a game card that satisfies a predetermined condition, or all of all game cards. Of these game cards, the game card may satisfy a condition specified by the user.

  For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 selects one or more game cards as desired cards from among game cards that can be selected as desired cards based on data received from the terminal 10 via the communication unit 33. Data for displaying the desired card selection screen image is generated, and the generated display data is transmitted to the terminal 10. For example, the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 causes the display unit 15 to display the desired card selection screen image based on the data received from the server 30. And the control part 11 of the terminal 10 specifies the game card selected as a desired card based on operation received from the 1st user in the state where said desired card selection screen image was displayed. For example, in the desired card selection screen image, game cards that can be selected as desired cards and check boxes corresponding to the respective game cards are provided, and the check boxes corresponding to the game cards to be selected as desired cards are checked. Thus, the user may select a desired card. In this case, the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 may specify a game card whose check box is checked in the desired card selection screen image as the desired card selected by the user.

  The control unit 11 of the terminal 10 determines whether or not a desired card has been determined (that is, whether or not the selection of the desired card has been completed) based on the operation received from the user by the input unit 14 (S102). For example, when the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 receives an operation for completing selection of the desired card from the user in the desired card selection screen image, the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 determines that the desired card has been determined. That's good.

When it is not determined that the desired card has been determined (S102: N), the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 continues the selection control process of S100. On the other hand, when it is determined that the desired card has been determined (S10 2 : Y), the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 transmits information on the desired card selected by the user to the server 30 via the communication unit 13. (S104). For example, the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 specifies a game card whose check box is checked in the desired card selection screen image as the game card selected as the desired card, and each of the game cards selected as the desired card. The desired card information including the card ID is transmitted to the server 30.

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 receives the desired card information from the terminal 10 via the communication unit 33 (S302), and registers the received desired card information in the user information table TBL102 (S304).

  For example, when the desired card information is received from the terminal 10, the control unit 31 of the server 30 adds the desired card information to the “desired card list” of the record specified by the user ID for identifying the user in the user information table TBL102. The included card ID is stored.

[1.4.2. Registration card registration process]
Next, an example of processing in which the user registers one or a plurality of game cards as exhibition cards in the server 30 in association with the user ID of the user will be described with reference to FIG. Note that the processing shown in FIG. 22 corresponds to the processing described in the screen image examples of FIGS.

  As illustrated in FIG. 22, the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 communicates with the server 30 through the communication unit 13 based on an operation received from the user through the input unit 14, and sets a user ID for identifying the user. A process for receiving selection of an exhibition card from the associated game cards from the user is controlled (S110). Further, the control unit 31 of the server 30 also communicates with the terminal 10 via the communication unit 33, and controls processing for accepting selection of an exhibition card from the user from among the game cards associated with the user ID (S310). .

  For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 exhibits an item for selecting one or more game cards as an exhibition card from among the game cards owned by the user based on data received from the terminal 10 via the communication unit 33. Data for displaying a screen image (for example, the exhibition screen image G1300 in FIG. 6 in the case of the first terminal 10-1 or the exhibition screen image G2300 in FIG. 7 in the case of the second terminal 10-2) is generated. The generated display data is transmitted to the terminal 10. For example, the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 causes the display unit 15 to display the exhibition screen image based on the data received from the server 30. And the control part 11 of the terminal 10 specifies the game card selected as an exhibition card based on operation received from the user in the state where said exhibition screen image was displayed.

  The control unit 11 of the terminal 10 determines whether or not the exhibition card has been determined based on the operation received from the user by the input unit 14 (that is, whether or not the selection of the exhibition card has been completed) (S112). For example, when the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 receives an operation for selecting the processing object P1301 of the exhibition screen image G1300 illustrated in FIG. 6 from the user, the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 It may be determined that the exhibition card is determined.

When it is not determined that the exhibition card has been determined (S112: N), the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 continues the selection control process of S110. On the other hand, when it is determined that the exhibition card is determined (S11 2 : Y), the control unit 11 of the terminal 10 transmits the information (exhibition card information) of the exhibition card selected by the user via the communication unit 13. To the server 30 (S114). For example, the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 specifies a game card whose check box is checked in the exhibition screen image G1300 shown in FIG. 6 as the game card selected as the exhibition card, and uses it as the exhibition card. The exhibition card information including the card ID and serial number of each selected game card is transmitted to the server 30.

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 receives the exhibition card information from the terminal 10 via the communication unit 33 (S312), and registers the received exhibition card information in the owned game object information table TBL103 (S314).

  For example, when the control unit 31 of the server 30 receives the exhibition card information from the terminal 10, the value of the “exhibition flag” of the record specified by the card ID and the serial number of the exhibition card in the owned game object information table TBL103. Is updated to “1”, and the game card specified by the exhibition card information is set as the exhibition card.

[1.4.3. Exchange partner candidate selection process]
Next, based on FIG. 23, an example of processing in which the server 30 selects an exchange partner candidate that becomes an opponent candidate for exchanging the acquisition target card selected by the first user will be described. Note that the processing shown in FIG. 23 corresponds to the processing described in the screen image examples of FIGS.

  As illustrated in FIG. 23, the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 receives a selection of an acquisition target card from the first user based on an operation received from the first user via the input unit 14 (S <b> 120). ). For example, when the processing object P1402 is selected in a state where the exhibition card search screen image G1400 shown in FIG. 9 is displayed on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1, the control unit of the first terminal 10-1 is selected. 11 accepts a selection that a game card whose name includes the text input in the search condition input area A1401 is an acquisition target card. The selection of the acquisition target card is not limited to the above, and the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 may accept the card ID of the acquisition target card.

  The control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 transmits the first user ID for identifying the first user and the received selection result of the acquisition target card to the server 30 via the communication unit 13 (S122). ). For example, the selection result of the acquisition target card may be a search condition specifying the name of the game card selected by the first user.

  Next, the control unit 31 of the server 30 receives the first user ID and the selection result of the acquisition target card from the first terminal 10-1 via the communication unit 33 (S320).

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 acquires a list of exhibition cards associated with the received first user ID (S322). For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 searches the record stored in the owned game object information table TBL103 for a record including the received first user ID and having a value of “exhibition flag” of 1. And the control part 31 of the server 30 acquires the list | wrist of the card ID contained in the said searched record as a list | wrist of the exhibition card linked | related with 1st user ID.

  Next, the control unit 31 of the server 30 specifies the acquisition target card based on the received selection result of the acquisition target card, and acquires a list of users who exhibit the specified acquisition target card (S324). For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 searches the game object information table TBL101 for the card ID associated with the name specified in the search condition acquired as the selection result of the acquisition target card, and the game with the searched card ID. Identify the card as the target card. Further, the control unit 31 of the server 30 searches the possessed game object information table TBL103 for a record that includes the card ID of the identified acquisition target card and the value of the exhibition flag is 1, and the retrieved record Is acquired as a list of users who exhibit the acquisition target card.

  Next, the control unit 31 of the server 30 acquires, in S322, the desired card list stored in the user information table TBL102 in association with the user ID among the user IDs included in the user list acquired in S324. A user ID including any one of the exhibition cards of the first user ID is selected as an exchange partner candidate (S326).

Next, the control unit 31 of the server 30 selects a selection screen image for selecting a replacement partner from the replacement partner candidates selected in S326 (for example, a search result display screen image G1500 shown in FIG. 10). Image data is generated, and the generated selection screen image data is transmitted to the first terminal 10-1 via the communication unit 33 (S328). For example, the control unit 3 first server 30 owns the game among the records of the object information table TBL103, the user ID of the elected exchange partner candidate, the card level to be stored in the record containing the card ID to obtain target card And the attribute information such as the skill level, and the information of the game card that is the exhibition card of the first user in the desired card list stored in the user information table TBL102 for the user ID of the exchange partner candidate Based on the information, for example, data of the search result display screen image G1500 shown in FIG. 10 may be generated.

  The control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 receives the selection screen image data transmitted from the server 30 via the communication unit 13 (S124), and based on the received selection screen image data, the first terminal 10- A selection screen image for selecting an exchange partner from the exchange partner candidates selected in S326 is displayed on the first display unit 15 (S126).

[1.4.4. Exchange application processing]
Next, based on FIG. 24, the example of the process which applies for exchange of a game card with respect to the exchange partner selected from the exchange partner candidates by the 1st user is demonstrated. Note that the processing shown in FIG. 24 corresponds to the processing described in the screen image examples of FIGS.

  As illustrated in FIG. 24, the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 operated by the first user receives selection of a user to be exchanged from the first user via the input unit 14 (S130). For example, in a state where the search result display screen image G1500 shown in FIG. 10 is displayed, the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 selects one of the users displayed in the display area A1510 as an exchange partner. Accept. That is, the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 receives the selection of the user as the exchange partner by receiving an operation for selecting the display area A1511, A1512, A1513, or the like. In the following, the description will be continued assuming that the second user operating the second terminal 10-2 is selected by the first user as the user to be exchanged.

  The control part 11 of the 1st terminal 10-1 transmits the user ID of the user (2nd user) used as the exchange partner selected from the 1st user to the server 30 via the communication part 13 (S132).

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 receives the user ID (second user ID) of the exchange partner user (second user) from the first terminal 10-1 via the communication unit 33 (S330). And the control part 31 of the server 30 acquires the desired card list linked | related with 2nd user ID from the user information table TBL102 as a 2nd user's desired card list (S332).

  Moreover, the control part 31 of the server 30 acquires the list of the game cards stored in association with the first user ID for identifying the first user from the owned game object information table TBL103 as the owned card list of the first user ( S334).

  In addition, the control unit 31 of the server 30 selects a game card having an exhibition flag value of 1 from among the game cards stored in association with the first user ID for identifying the first user from the owned game object information table TBL103. The list is acquired as an exhibition card list of the first user (S336).

  In addition, the control unit 31 of the server 30 displays a list of game cards having an exhibition flag value of 1 among the game cards stored in association with the second user ID from the owned game object information table TBL103. Obtained as an exhibition card list (S338).

  Moreover, the control part 31 of the server 30 acquires the desired card list linked | related with 1st user ID from the user information table TBL102 as a 1st user's desired card list (S340).

  Next, the control unit 31 of the server 30 is based on the desired card list of the second user acquired in S332, the owned card list of the first user acquired in S334, and the exhibition card list of the first user acquired in S336. A provision target card selection screen image (for example, provision target card selection screen image A1610 in FIG. 11) for selecting a provision target card to be provided to the second user in exchange of the game card by the first user. Generate data for display.

  Specifically, as shown in the offer target card selection screen image A1610 in FIG. 11, the control unit 31 of the server 30 supplies each game card included in the possession card list of the first user acquired in S334 to the offer target card. The game card included in the second user's desired card list among the game cards included in the first user's possession card list, and displayed separately from the other game cards. It is good also as producing | generating the data of a provision object card selection screen image. In addition, the control unit 31 of the server 30 selects a game card included in the exhibition card list of the first user from among the game cards included in the possession card list of the first user in the above-described provision target card selection screen image. It is good also as producing | generating the data of said offer object card | curd selection screen image so that it may display with respect to a game card.

  In addition, the control unit 31 of the server 30 determines that the first user replaces the game card with the second user based on the exhibition card list of the second user acquired in S338 and the desired card list of the first user acquired in S340. The data for displaying the acquisition target card addition screen image (for example, the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620 in FIG. 11) for additionally selecting the acquisition target card to be acquired from is generated.

Specifically, the control unit 31 of the server 30, as shown in availability target card addition screen image A1620 of Figure 1 1, each available object game cards included in the exhibition card list of the second user acquired in S338 The game card included in the first user's desired card list among the game cards included in the exhibition card list of the second user can be selected as a card, and displayed separately from other game cards. It is good also as producing | generating the data of said acquisition object card addition screen image. Note that in the above acquisition target card addition screen image, the display areas of the already selected game card and the game card that has not been selected may be configured separately.

  Then, the control unit 31 of the server 30 adds the provision target card selection screen image and the acquisition target card based on the generated provision target card selection screen image data and the generated acquisition target card addition screen image data. The exchange application content selection screen image data for displaying the exchange application content selection screen image including the screen image (for example, the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG. 11) is generated, and the generated exchange application content selection screen image data is generated. Is transmitted to the first terminal 10-1 via the communication unit 33 (S342).

  Next, the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 receives the exchange application content selection screen image data from the server 30 via the communication unit 13 (S134). And the control part 11 of the 1st terminal 10-1 displays the exchange application content selection screen image on the display part 15 of the 1st terminal 10-1 based on the received data (S136).

  The control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 selects the provision target card from the game cards displayed on the provision target card selection screen image included in the replacement application content selection screen image displayed on the display unit 15. Accept from one user (S138).

  Moreover, the control part 11 of the 1st terminal 10-1 adds to an acquisition object card from the game cards displayed on the acquisition object card addition screen image contained in the exchange application content selection screen image displayed on the display part 15. The selection of the game card to be received is received from the first user (S140).

  Next, the control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 obtains information (for example, card ID and serial number) of the provision target card selected by the first user and information (for example, card ID and serial number) of the acquisition target card. Then, the data is transmitted to the server 30 via the communication unit 13 (S142).

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 receives information on the provision target card and the acquisition target card selected by the first user from the first terminal 10-1 via the communication unit 33 (S344). In this example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 receives information on the provision target card and the acquisition target card from the first user, so that the provision target card of the first user and the second user's card are received from the first user. An application (exchange application) for exchanging the card to be obtained will be accepted.

  When accepting the replacement application from the first user, the control unit 31 of the server 30 registers the information on the replacement application in the replacement application information table TBL104 (S346). For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 includes a replacement application ID for identifying a replacement application received from the first user, an application source user ID (first user ID), an application destination user ID (second user ID), and an acquisition target card. (Information received in S344), provision target card (information received in S344), application reception date and time (for example, reception date and time such as S344), and status flag (initial value 0) are associated and registered in the exchange application information table TBL104.

[1.4.5. Exchange application acceptance process]
Next, based on FIG. 25, an example of processing in which the second user confirms and approves the exchange application for the second user will be described. The process shown in FIG. 25 corresponds to the process described in the screen image examples of FIGS.

  As shown in FIG. 25, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 operated by the second user performs an exchange application from the second user via the input unit 14, with the second user as the replacement application destination. The selection of the exchange application is received from (S150). For example, in a state where the replacement application list screen image G2400 shown in FIG. 13 is displayed, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 accepts an operation for selecting one of the replacement applications displayed in the display area A2410. . That is, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 receives the selection of the replacement application by receiving an operation of selecting the display area A2411 or the display area A2412.

  The control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 transmits an exchange application ID for identifying the exchange application selected by the second user to the server 30 via the communication unit 13 (S152).

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 receives the exchange application ID from the second terminal 10-2 via the communication unit 33 (S350). And the control part 31 of the server 30 acquires the following information from the memory | storage part 32 based on received exchange application ID.

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 acquires information on the provision target card and the acquisition target card associated with the replacement application ID acquired in S350 from the replacement application information table TBL104 (S352). For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 provides a list of game cards (card ID and serial number) stored in the “card to be provided” associated with the exchange application ID received in S350 in the exchange application information table TBL104. Obtained as target card information. The control unit 31 of the server 30 obtains a list of game cards (card ID and serial number) stored in the “acquisition target card” associated with the exchange application ID received in S350 in the exchange application information table TBL104. Obtained as target card information.

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 acquires information on the desired card list of the first user (exchange application source user) (S354). For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 uses the user ID stored in the item “application source user ID” associated with the exchange application ID received in S350 in the exchange application information table TBL104 as the first user. As the user ID. Then, the control unit 31 of the server 30 uses the card ID stored in the “desired card list” associated with the acquired user ID of the first user in the user information table TBL102 as the information on the desired card list. Get as.

  Further, the control unit 31 of the server 30 acquires information on the desired card list of the second user (exchange application destination user) (S356). For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30 uses the user ID stored in the item “application user ID” associated with the exchange application ID received in S350 in the exchange application information table TBL104 as the second user. As the user ID. Then, the control unit 31 of the server 30 uses the card ID stored in the “desired card list” associated with the acquired user ID of the second user in the user information table TBL102 as the information on the desired card list. Get as.

  Next, based on the information acquired in S352 to S356, the control unit 31 of the server 30 replaces the exchange application acceptance screen image for inquiring the second user whether to accept the exchange application identified by the exchange application ID. The exchange application acceptance screen image data for displaying (for example, the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 in FIG. 14) is generated, and the generated exchange application acceptance screen image data is transmitted to the second terminal (S358). For example, regarding the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 shown in FIG. 14, the information of the display area A2510 is generated based on the information acquired in S352, and the frame image P25001 in the display area A2511 and the display area A2512 is acquired in S354 and S356. Generated based on the information.

  The control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 receives the exchange application acceptance screen image data from the server 30 via the communication unit 13 (S154). And the control part 11 of the 2nd terminal 10-2 displays the exchange application acceptance screen image on the display part 15 of the 2nd terminal 10-2 based on the received data (S156).

  The control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 receives the approval result based on the operation received from the second user via the input unit 14 (S158). For example, in the state where the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 of FIG. 14 is displayed, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 accepts an operation for selecting acceptance or rejection of the exchange application. That is, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 receives the above-described approval result by receiving selection of either the processing object P2501 or the processing object P2502 in the exchange application approval screen image G2500 of FIG. For example, when the processing object P2501 is selected, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 determines that the replacement application is accepted, and when the processing object P2502 is selected, the replacement application is not accepted. (I.e. rejected).

  Then, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 transmits the accepted acceptance result to the server 30 via the communication unit 13 (S160). Note that the acceptance result includes, for example, an exchange application ID and either acceptance or rejection information.

  The control unit 31 of the server 30 receives the consent result from the second terminal 10-2 via the communication unit 33 (S360). Then, the control unit 31 of the server 30 determines whether or not the exchange is accepted based on the received acceptance result (S362).

  When the exchange is accepted (S362: Y), the control unit 31 of the server 30 sets the value of the status flag associated with the exchange application ID selected by the second user to “1” in the exchange application information table TBL104. (S364). And the control part 31 of the server 30 is based on the information of the acquisition object card | curd about the exchange application ID selected from the 2nd user, and a provision object card | curd, and a 1st user (exchange application origin user) and a 2nd user (exchange) Exchange of the provision target card and the acquisition target card is performed with the application destination user) (S366). That is, the control unit 31 of the server 30 cancels the association between the first user ID and the provision target card in the owned game object information table TBL103, and newly associates the first user ID with the acquisition target card. In addition, the control unit 31 of the server 30 cancels the association between the second user ID and the acquisition target card in the owned game object information table TBL103, and newly associates the second user ID with the provision target card.

  On the other hand, when the exchange is not accepted (S362: N), the control unit 31 of the server 30 sets the value of the status flag associated with the exchange application ID selected by the second user in the exchange application information table TBL104. It is updated to “2” (reject / cancel) (S368).

  The above is an example of processing performed in the game system 1.

  According to the game system 1 described above, the first user who makes a game card replacement application is a user who may provide an acquisition target card to be acquired by the first user by replacement, and The user who wants the first user's exhibition card can be found as an exchange partner candidate. The first user can provide the other party's desired card to the exchange partner candidate in exchange for the acquisition target card, and thus the possibility that the exchange for obtaining the acquisition target card will be established becomes high. . That is, according to the game system 1, the first user can easily find an opponent who is likely to be exchanged for obtaining the acquisition target card selected by the first user.

  Further, according to the game system 1, the first user can exchange the exchange partner based on the display of a selection screen image (for example, the search result display screen image G1500 shown in FIG. 10) for selecting the exchange partner from the exchange partner candidates. An exchange partner can be selected from the candidates. This makes it difficult for the first user to select the wrong opponent as the game card exchange partner.

  Further, according to the game system 1, the first user can display the selection screen image (for example, the search result display screen image G1500 shown in FIG. 10) on the basis of the display of the first user. You can know which card you want. For example, based on the information displayed on the selection screen image, the first user selects a plurality of the exhibition cards of the first user rather than the candidate exchange partner who desires one of the exhibition cards of the first user. It is possible to select a desired exchange partner candidate, or to select an exchange candidate partner who desires an exhibition card that is less important for the first user. That is, the first user can obtain a judgment material for determining which exchange partner candidate should be selected as a game card exchange partner based on the display of the selection screen image.

  Further, according to the game system 1, the first user can obtain information on the cards to be obtained that can be obtained from each of the exchange partner candidates based on the display of the selection screen image (for example, the search result display screen image G1500 shown in FIG. 10). Can be obtained. For example, the first user can select an exchange partner candidate that can obtain an appropriate acquisition target card as an exchange target from among the exchange partner candidates. That is, the first user can obtain a judgment material for determining which exchange partner candidate should be selected as a game card exchange partner based on the display of the selection screen image.

  Further, according to the game system 1, the first user obtains the acquisition target card from the exchange partner in exchange for providing the provision target card to the exchange partner selected by the first user from the exchange partner candidates. An exchange for entry can be applied based on the selection of the first user. Thereby, the 1st user can propose exchange of desired game cards with respect to the exchange partner desired.

  Further, according to the game system 1, the first user provides a game card to be provided to the exchange partner based on the display of the provision target card selection screen image (for example, the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG. 11). You can choose. This makes it difficult for the first user to select an incorrect game card as a game card to be provided to the exchange partner.

  In addition, according to the game system 1, the first user selects the provision target card selection screen image (for example, the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG. 11) for selecting the provision target card. It is possible to recognize which of the game cards associated with one user ID is the desired card of the exchange partner. Thereby, when a 1st user selects a provision object card | curd, selection of the game card | curd which is easy to be exchanged between exchange partners becomes easy.

  Further, according to the game system 1, the first user can select the offer target card selection screen image (for example, the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG. 11) from among the first user's exhibition cards. It is possible to recognize which is the desired card of the exchange partner. This prevents the first user from selecting a game card that the first user does not want to provide when selecting the provision target card, and the exchange is established with the exchange partner. It becomes easy to select an easy game card.

  Further, according to the game system 1, the first user, based on the display of the acquisition target card addition screen image for adding the acquisition target card (for example, the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG. 11), It is possible to recognize which of the exchange partner's exhibition cards is the first user's desired card. This makes it easy for the first user to add a game card that is valuable to the exchange partner to the acquisition target card, so that it is easy to balance the value between game objects exchanged by the first user and the exchange partner. Become. That is, since the first user can apply to the exchange partner for exchange of a game card having a balanced value, the possibility of establishment of the exchange can be increased.

  In addition, according to the game system 1, when the exchange application made by the first user is approved by the exchange partner, the first user can obtain the exchange target from the exchange partner in exchange for providing the exchange target card. You can get a card. Thereby, the exchange of the game card based on the agreement between the first user and the exchange partner can be executed.

  Further, according to the game system 1, the first user arbitrarily selects the number of game cards to be selected as an acquisition target card in one exchange and which game card is selected as the acquisition target card in one exchange. You will be able to choose. Further, the first user can arbitrarily select the number of game cards to be selected as a provision target card in one exchange and which game card to select as a provision target card in one exchange. By doing in this way, the freedom degree of exchange can be improved and, as a result, the opportunity loss of game card exchange can be reduced.

Moreover, according to the game system 1, the user can exchange game cards . Since it is easy to compare values between game cards , the user can easily determine whether the values of the acquisition target card and the provision target card match each other.

[2. Second Embodiment]
First, based on FIG. 26 thru | or FIG. 32, the game system 1A which concerns on 2nd Embodiment of this invention is demonstrated. The overall configuration of the game system 1A may be the same as the overall configuration of the game system 1 shown in FIG. In the following, the game system 1A according to the second embodiment will be described focusing on differences from the game system 1 according to the first embodiment.

[2.1. Outline of game executed in game system 1A]
In the game system 1A according to the second embodiment, the exchange partner (second user) who received the exchange application from the first user modified the contents of the exchange application instead of accepting the exchange application from the first user. Above, it differs from the game system 1 according to the first embodiment in that an exchange application (referred to as a counter offer) can be issued with the first user as the exchange application destination.

That is, the game executed in the game system 1A is the same up to the screen image examples shown in FIGS. 2 to 13, but the user Ub selects the display area A2411 in the replacement application list screen image G2400 shown in FIG. when, images displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 a is not interchangeable application approval screen image G2500 of FIG. 14, the replacement application approval screen image G2700 of FIG. 26.

As shown in FIG. 26, the exchange application acceptance screen image G2700 is different from the exchange application acceptance screen image G2500 shown in FIG. 14 in that it includes a processing object P2704 associated with counter offer processing. Common.

The following describes the flow of processing counter offer that is executed when the processing object P27 04 is selected in the exchange application approval screen image G2700 of FIG. 26.

[2.1.1. Counter offer]
27, when the processing object P27 04 is selected in the exchange application approval screen image G2700 of FIG. 26, an example of a replacement application correction screen image G2800 displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 A Show.

As shown in FIG. 27, the exchange application correction screen image G2800 selects a game card (hereinafter, exchange partner acquisition target card) that the user Ub (second user) obtains from the user Ua (first user) by exchange. Exchange partner acquisition target card selection screen image A2810, and exchange partner provision target card selection screen for selecting a game card (hereinafter referred to as exchange partner provision target card) that user Ub provides to user Ua in exchange for the acquisition target card An image A2820 and processing objects P2801 and P2802 are included. When the processing object P2802 is selected, the previous screen image is displayed on the display unit 15.

  The exchange partner acquisition target card selection screen image A2810 shows a game card (the user Ub obtains from the user Ua in exchange of the game card with the user Ua who is the counter offer application partner (that is, the original exchange application applicant)). It is a screen image for selecting an exchange partner acquisition object card | curd from user Ua's exhibition card (or possession card). The exchange partner acquisition target card selection screen image A2810 is a screen image having the same function as the provision target card selection screen image A1610 included in the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG.

  Further, the exchange partner providing target card selection screen image A2820 shows a game that the user Ub provides to the user Ua in exchange of a game card with the user Ua who is the counter offer application partner (that is, the applicant for the original exchange application). It is a screen image for selecting a card (exchange partner offer object card) from user Ub's exhibition cards. The exchange partner providing target card selection screen image A2820 is a screen image having the same function as the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620 included in the replacement application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG.

In the exchange application modification screen image G2800, the user Ub selects the exchange partner provision target card and the exchange partner acquisition target card (that is, the check box P28002 of the game card to be selected is checked), and the processing object P2801 The selection of the exchange partner providing target card and the exchange partner obtaining target card is confirmed. In the example shown in FIG. 27, the user Ub has changed the game card Cx and Ce to the game card Cx and Cy in the original exchange application as the exchange partner acquisition target card, The exchange partner provided target card is assumed to be unchanged from the game cards Ca and Ch selected in the original exchange application.

28, when the processing object P2801 Replacement applicant correction screen image G2800 of FIG. 27 is selected, an example of a replacement application contents confirmation screen image G2900 displayed on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 A Indicates. The exchange application content confirmation screen image G2900 is a screen image for confirming the exchange content (the content of the counter offer) that the user Ub applies to the user Ua.

  The exchange application content confirmation screen image G2900 shown in FIG. 28 includes a display area A2910 and processing objects P2901 and P2902. When the processing object P2902 is selected, the previous screen image is displayed on the display unit 15.

The display area A2910 includes a display area A2911 indicating information of the exchange partner acquisition target card selected in the exchange partner acquisition target card selection screen image A 2810, and an exchange partner provision target selected in the exchange partner provision target card selection screen image A 2820. A display area A2912 indicating card information is included. In the display area A2911, a frame image P29001 is displayed for the game cards Cx and Cy registered in the “desired card list” of the user Ub. Similarly, in the display area A2912, a frame image P29001 is displayed for the game card Ca registered in the “desired card list” of the user Ua.

  When the processing object P2901 is selected on the exchange application content confirmation screen image G2900, an exchange application (counter offer) for the user Ua is accepted from the user Ub with the content displayed in the display area A2910. The above is an example of the procedure of the counter offer by the user.

[2.1.2. Confirmation and acceptance of exchange application]
Next, the flow of confirmation and acceptance of the exchange application for the first user, which is mainly performed based on the operation of the first user (user Ua), will be described with reference to FIGS. In the following, with the swap menu screen image G1200 shown in FIG. 5 in the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 A is displayed, an example of a screen image displayed when the processing object P1203 is selected for explanation To do.

  FIG. 29 shows an example of a replacement application list screen image G1800 displayed when the processing object P1203 of the replacement menu screen image G1200 is selected. As shown in FIG. 29, the replacement application list screen image G1800 includes a display area A1802 and a processing object P1801. When the processing object P1801 is selected, the previous screen image is displayed on the display unit 15.

  Display area A1802 displays a list of exchange applications with user Ua as the application destination. In the example shown in FIG. 29, the display area A1802 includes a display area A1810 for displaying the contents of the exchange application by the counter offer received from the user Ub and a display area A1820 for displaying the contents of the exchange application received from the user Ue. included. In the display area A1802, the user's desired card is displayed surrounded by a frame image P18001.

As shown in FIG. 29, the display area A1810 displays a display area A1811 that displays the contents of the original exchange application related to the counter offer and the contents of the new (that is, modified) exchange application related to the counter offer. Display area A1812 to be included. The contents of the exchange application displayed in the display area A1811 correspond to the contents of the exchange application applied based on the exchange application content confirmation screen image G1700 shown in FIG. 12, and the contents of the exchange application displayed in the display area A1812 The content corresponds to the content of the exchange application filed based on the exchange application content confirmation screen image G2900 shown in FIG.

  According to the exchange application list screen image G1800 shown in FIG. 29, when the user Ua has applied for a counter offer, the contents of the exchange application that he / she applied for and the contents of the exchange application applied as a counter offer by the exchange partner It becomes easy to recognize the difference.

In exchange application list screen image G1800 shown in FIG. 29, the display by selecting one of the replacement application displayed in the area A18 02, the screen image (exchange application approval to determine whether to accept the selected exchange application Screen image G1900) is displayed.

FIG. 30 shows an example of the exchange application acceptance screen image G1900. Exchange application approval screen image G1900 shown in FIG. 30, in the exchange application list screen image G1800 shown in FIG 29, when the user Ua selects a display area A1810, a display portion 15 of the first terminal 10-1 A It is a screen image displayed.

  As shown in FIG. 30, the exchange application acceptance screen image G1900 includes a display area A1910 and processing objects P1901, P1902, and P1903. When the processing object P1903 is selected, the previous screen image is displayed on the display unit 15.

  The display area A1910 is an area for displaying information on a replacement application that is a target for determining whether or not to accept. In the display area A1910, the display area A1911 for displaying the information of the game card obtained from the user Ub who is the exchange partner of the user Ua and the information of the game card provided to the user Ub which is the exchange partner of the user Ua Display area A1912 for displaying.

  The user Ua selects the processing object P1901 when accepting the exchange application displayed in the display area A1910. In addition, when the user Ua does not accept (reject) the exchange application displayed in the display area A 1910, the user Ua selects the processing object P1902. Note that when the processing object P1902 is selected, the exchange application displayed in the display area A1910 is updated from the waiting state of acceptance to the state of rejection of acceptance, and the exchange application source user Ub receives a replacement application from the user Ua. You will be notified that you have been denied. Further, when the exchange application is in a state of rejection of acceptance, for example, information on the exchange application in a state of rejection of rejection is not displayed in the display area A1802 of the exchange application list screen image G1800 shown in FIG.

When the processing object P1901 is selected on the exchange application acceptance screen image G1900 of FIG. 30 and the exchange application displayed in the display area A1910 is accepted, game card exchange based on the accepted exchange application is executed. The exchange of game card is executed, the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 A, an exchange completion screen image G3000 shown in Figure 31 is displayed.

  As shown in FIG. 31, the exchange completion screen image G3000 includes a display area A3010 for displaying the contents of the exchange completed, and a processing object P3001 for returning to the menu screen image G1000 shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 31, in the display area A3010, the user Ua who accepted the exchange application accepts the exchange application and the display area A3011 in which information of the game card obtained from the user Ub who is the exchange application source is displayed. The display area A3012 in which information of the game card provided by the user Ua provided to the user Ub who is the exchange application source is displayed is included.

  The above is an example of the counter offer executed in the game system 1A according to the second embodiment.

[2.2. Functions realized in game system 1A]
Next, a configuration provided in the game system 1A in order to realize the functions described above will be described.

  FIG. 32 is a functional block diagram showing functions related to the present invention among the functions realized by the game system 1A.

  As shown in FIG. 32, the server 30A functions as a data storage unit 310, a display control unit 320, a provision candidate game object selection reception unit 330, a desired game object selection reception unit 340, an acquisition target game object selection reception unit 350, an exchange. Partner candidate selection unit 360, exchange partner selection reception unit 370, provision target game object selection reception unit 380, acquisition target game object addition reception unit 390, exchange application reception unit 400A, exchange application selection reception unit 410A, acceptance reception unit 420A, exchange It includes an execution unit 430A and an exchange partner acquisition target game object selection reception unit 440. In the server 30 </ b> A, the control unit 31 executes processing according to a program stored in the storage unit 32, thereby realizing each function described above.

  As shown in FIG. 32, the first terminal 10-1A functions as a display control unit 110, a provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 130, a desired game object selection result notification unit 150, and an acquisition target game object selection result notification. Unit 170, exchange partner selection result notification unit 180, provision target game object selection result notification unit 190, acquisition target game object addition result notification unit 200, exchange application notification unit 210, exchange application selection result notification unit 260, and consent result notification unit 270. In the first terminal 10-1 </ b> A, the control unit 11 executes processing according to a program stored in the storage unit 12, thereby realizing each function described above.

Also, as shown in FIG. 32, the second terminal 10-2A functions as a display control unit 120, a provision candidate game object selection result notification unit 140, a desired game object selection result notification unit 160, and an exchange application selection result notification unit 220. , An acceptance result notification unit 230, an exchange partner acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 240 , and an exchange application notification unit 250 . In the second terminal 10-2A, the control unit 11 executes processing according to a program stored in the storage unit 12, whereby the above functions are realized.

  In the following, in the game system 1A according to the second embodiment, functions different from the game system 1 according to the first embodiment will be described. In the following, as in the first embodiment, a case where the game object is a game card will be described as an example.

[2.2.1. Exchange partner acquisition target game object selection receiving unit 440 and exchange partner acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 240]
The exchange partner acquisition target game object selection receiving unit 440 is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30A. The exchange partner acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 240 is mainly realized by the control unit 11, the storage unit 12, the communication unit 13, and the input unit 14 of the second terminal 10-2A.

  When the exchange application received by the exchange application accepting unit 400 is not accepted by the exchange partner user, the exchange partner acquisition target game object selection accepting unit 440 is selected from the exhibition cards associated with the first user ID. The exchange partner receives a selection from the exchange partner of an acquisition target card (exchange partner acquisition target card) that is a game object to be acquired from the first user by exchange.

For example, when selecting the replacement partner acquisition target card, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the exchange application correction screen image G2800 including the replacement partner acquisition target card selection screen image A2810, and the generated data and it transmits to the second terminal 10-2 a. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the second terminal 10-2 A, based on the received data, and displays the replacement application modification screen image G2800 on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 A.

  When the processing object P2801 in the exchange application correction screen image G2800 is selected, the exchange partner acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 240 displays the exchange partner acquisition target card selection screen image A2810 included in the exchange application correction screen image G2800. The card ID and serial number of the game card whose check box is checked are transmitted to the server 30A as information on the exchange partner acquisition target card.

  The exchange partner acquisition target game object selection receiving unit 440 receives the set of the card ID and serial number transmitted from the exchange partner acquisition target game object selection result notification unit 240 and receives it as information on the exchange partner acquisition target card.

[2.2.2. Exchange application accepting unit 400A and exchange application notifying unit 250]
The exchange application receiving unit 400A is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30A. On the other hand, replacement application notification unit 250, the main control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 A, the storage unit 12 is realized by the communication unit 13, and an input unit 14.

  The exchange application accepting unit 400A sends an exchange application from the exchange partner to the first user for the exchange target between the acquisition target card selected by the first user and the exchange partner acquisition target card selected by the user who is the exchange partner. Accept.

For example, exchange partner obtain target game when receiving a selection of an object exchange partner obtain target card by the selection receiving unit 440, the display control unit 320, replacement application contents confirmation screen image G2900 the display unit of the second terminal 10-2 A 15 Control for displaying on the screen is executed.

Here, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the exchange application content confirmation screen image G2900, and transmits the generated data to the second terminal 10-2 A. In this case, the display control unit 120 of the second terminal 10-2 A, based on the received data, and displays the replacement application contents confirmation screen image G2900 on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 A.

During the replacement application contents confirmation screen image G2900 is displayed, exchanged applicant notification unit 250, whether the operation to confirm that the exchange request has been accepted through the input unit 14 of the second terminal 10-2 A not To monitor. For example, in the case of the exchange application content confirmation screen image G2900, an operation for selecting the processing object P2901 corresponds to the above operation.

  When an operation for confirming that an exchange application is to be made is accepted, the exchange application notifying unit 250 transmits information related to the exchange application to the server 30A. The information transmitted here includes, for example, the user ID of the second user (user Ub) who is the exchange application source, the user ID of the first user (user Ua) who is the exchange partner, and the exchange partner acquisition target card. Information on the selected game card and information on the game card selected as the exchange partner provision target card (corresponding to the acquisition target card in the original exchange application) are included. In this case, the exchange application accepting unit 400A accepts the exchange application by receiving the information transmitted by the exchange application notifying unit 250.

  When receiving a new exchange application, exchange application accepting unit 400A creates a new record in exchange application information table TBL104 based on the accepted exchange application, and registers information in the created record.

[2.2.3. Exchange application selection acceptance unit 410A and exchange application selection result notification unit 260]
The exchange application selection receiving unit 410A is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30A. Also, replacement application selection result notification unit 260, the main control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 A, the storage unit 12 is realized by the communication unit 13, and an input unit 14.

  The exchange application selection accepting unit 410A accepts a selection of a plurality of exchange applications for the first user ID from the first user identified by the first user ID.

Upon accepting the selection of the replacement request by the first user, control the display control for displaying the exchange application list screen image G1800 showing a list of replacement application on the first user ID to the display portion 15 of the first terminal 10-1 A This is executed by the unit 320.

For example, the display control unit 320 is an exchange application in which the first user ID is stored as the application destination user ID based on the exchange application information table TBL104, and the value of the “status flag” is “0 (waiting for approval)” "it is to generate data for displaying the exchange application list screen image G1800 showing a list of at least one replacement application, and transmits the generated data to the first terminal 10-1 a. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the first terminal 10-1 A, based on the received data, and displays the replacement application list screen image G1800 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 A.

During the replacement application list screen image G1800 is displayed, exchanged applicant selection result notification unit 260, an operation for selecting a replacement application from the exchange application for the first user ID is input to the first terminal 10-1 A 14 is monitored. For example, in the case of the replacement application list screen image G1800, an operation for selecting any replacement application displayed in the display area A1802 corresponds to the above operation.

  When an operation for selecting a replacement application is accepted, the replacement application selection result notifying unit 260 transmits information indicating the selection result of the replacement application to the server 30A. For example, the exchange application selection result notification unit 260 transmits an exchange application ID for identifying the selected exchange application to the server 30A. In this case, the exchange application selection receiving unit 410A receives the exchange application by receiving the information transmitted by the exchange application selection result notifying unit 260.

In addition, when selection of one replacement application among the replacement applications for the first user ID is received by the replacement application selection receiving unit 410A, the display control unit 320 displays a replacement application acceptance screen indicating the contents of the one replacement application. image G1900, control for displaying on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 a is performed.

For example, the display control unit 320 generates data for displaying the exchange application approval screen image G1900, and transmits the generated data to the first terminal 10-1 A. In this case, the display control unit 110 of the first terminal 10-1 A, based on the received data, and displays the replacement application approval screen image G1900 on the display unit 15 of the first terminal 10-1 A.

[2.2.4. Consent Accepting Unit 420A and Consent Result Notifying Unit 270]
The acceptance reception unit 420A is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30A. Furthermore, acceptance result notifying unit 270, the main control unit 11 of the first terminal 10-1 A, the storage unit 12 is realized by the communication unit 13, and an input unit 14.

  The acceptance accepting unit 420A accepts the consent for the exchange application from the exchange partner to the first user from the first user.

For example, during the replacement application approval screen image G1900 is displayed, acceptance result notifying unit 270, whether or not accept or reject the operation replacement request has been accepted by the input section 14 of the first terminal 10-1 A Monitor. For example, in the case of the exchange application acceptance screen image G1900, the operation for selecting the processing object P1901 corresponds to the “operation for accepting the exchange application”. Further, an operation for selecting the processing object P1902 corresponds to an “operation for rejecting the exchange application”.

  When an operation for accepting or rejecting the exchange application is accepted, the acceptance result notifying unit 270 transmits information indicating the acceptance result for the exchange application to the server 30A. For example, the acceptance result notification unit 270 transmits an exchange application ID for identifying the exchange application and information indicating an acceptance result of either “accept” or “reject” to the server 30A.

In this case, the acceptance receiving unit 420A receives acceptance of the exchange application by receiving the information transmitted by the acceptance result notifying unit 270. In this case also, approval reception unit 420A, in the exchange application information table TBL104, the value of associated with the exchange application ID received from the acceptance result notifying unit 2 7 0 "Accept flag", received approval result is "Accept" If there is, update to “1”, and if the received approval result is “reject”, update to “2”.

[2.2.5. Exchange execution unit 430A]
The exchange execution unit 430A is mainly realized by the control unit 31, the storage unit 32, and the communication unit 33 of the server 30A.

  The exchange execution unit 430A obtains the exchange target selected by the first user and the exchange partner selected by the exchange partner when the consent accepting unit 420A accepts the exchange request for the first user from the exchange partner. Exchange with the target card is executed between the first user ID and the user ID of the exchange partner.

[2.3. Processing executed in game system 1A]
Next, based on FIG. 33, an example of the exchange application by the counter offer performed in the game system 1A will be described. Note that the processing shown in FIG. 33 corresponds to the processing described in the screen image examples of FIGS.

As shown in FIG. 33, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 A second user operation, display the replacement application approval screen image G2700 of FIG. 26 on the display unit of the second terminal 10-2 A (S170). Next, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 A is the counter for the input unit 14 through to exchange application for application source user to be displayed on the exchange application approval screen image G2700 from the second user (first user) An offer selection is accepted (S172). For example, in a state where the replacement application approval screen image G2700 of FIG. 26 being displayed, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 A, by accepting an operation of selecting a process object P2704, the above counter offer Accept selection.

Control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 A accepts the request counter offer from the second user, to request counter offer to the server 30A via the communication unit 13 (S174). For example, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 A, together with the request counter offer may as sending the information exchange application ID of the counter offer to the server 30A.

Control unit 31 of the server 30A, when the second terminal 10-2 A receives a request for counter offer (S370), obtains the information of the providing target card and obtain target card associated with the replacement application ID from the exchange application information table TBL104 (S372). Here, the control unit 31 of the server 30A specifies the user ID of the exchange application source associated with the exchange application ID from the exchange application information table TBL104 as the first user ID and the user ID of the exchange application destination as the second user ID.

  Next, the control unit 31 of the server 30A acquires a desired card list associated with the second user ID from the user information table TBL102 (S374).

The control unit 31 of the server 30 A, from the owned game object information table TBL103, acquires ownership card list and exhibition card list associated with the first user ID (S376).

  In addition, the control unit 31 of the server 30A acquires the exhibition card list associated with the second user ID from the owned game object information table TBL103 (S378).

  In addition, the control unit 31 of the server 30A acquires a desired card list associated with the first user ID from the user information table TBL102 (S380).

Next, the control unit 31 of the server 30 A, based on the information obtained in S374～S380, exchange applicant modification screen image (e.g., exchange applicant correction screen image G2800 of FIG. 27) exchange apply correction screen for displaying generating image data, the generated replaced filed modification screen image data via the communication unit 33 to the second terminal 10-2 a (S382).

Next, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 A through the communication unit 13 receives the exchange application modification screen image data from the server 30 A (S176). Then, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 A, based on the data thus received, displays the exchange apply correction screen image on the display unit 15 of the second terminal 10-2 A (S176).

Control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 A accepts the selection of a provided target card and obtain target card from the second user from the game card displayed on the exchange application modification screen image displayed on the display section 15 ( S180).

Next, the control unit 11 of the second terminal 10-2 A, the information of the providing target card information to obtain target card selected by the second user (e.g. card ID and serial number) (e.g. card ID and serial number) Is transmitted to the server 30A via the communication unit 13 (S182).

Control unit 31 of the server 30A receives information of the providing target card from the second terminal 10-2 A through the communication unit 33 with the obtained target card selected by the second user (S384). In this example, the control unit 31 of the server 30A accepts an exchange application based on a counter offer from the second user by accepting information on the provision target card and the acquisition target card from the second user.

  When accepting the replacement application from the second user, the control unit 31 of the server 30A registers the information on the replacement application in the replacement application information table TBL104 (S386). For example, the control unit 31 of the server 30A includes a replacement application ID for identifying a replacement application received from the second user, an application source user ID (second user ID), an application destination user ID (first user ID), and an acquisition target card. (Information received in S384), provision target card (information received in S384), application reception date and time (for example, reception date and time such as S384), and status flag (initial value 0) are associated and registered in the exchange application information table TBL104.

  The above is the exchange application acceptance process by the counter offer executed in the game system 1A according to the second embodiment.

  According to the above game system 1A, even if the first user does not accept the exchange application for the exchange partner, the exchange target card (exchange) selected by the exchange partner from among the exhibition cards of the first user The exchange request between the partner acquisition target card) and the acquisition target card selected by the first user is made by the exchange partner, and when the first user accepts the exchange application made by the exchange partner, the acquisition selected by the first user Exchange of the target card and the acquisition target card (exchange partner acquisition target card) selected by the exchange partner is executed. As a result, for the first user, even if the exchange application made from the first user to the exchange partner is not accepted, the exchange application made to the first user after that is accepted. By doing so, a desired acquisition object card can be obtained. In addition, the exchange partner can have an opportunity to correct the contents of the game card obtained by the exchange in the exchange application received from the first user.

[3. Modified example]
The present invention is not limited to the embodiment described above.

  [1] For example, a provision target card selection screen image (an example of a provision target game object selection screen image) for the first user to select a provision target card (an example of a provision target game object) is an aspect of the above embodiment. Not limited to.

  FIG. 34 shows a replacement application content selection screen image G3100 including a provision target card selection screen image having a display mode different from that of the above embodiment. The exchange application content selection screen image G3100 shown in FIG. 34 includes a provision target card selection screen image A3110, an acquisition target card addition screen image A3120, a processing object P3101, and a processing object P3102. The acquisition target card addition screen image A3120, the processing object P3101, and the processing object P3102 are the same as the acquisition target card addition screen image A1620, the processing object P1601, and the processing object P1602 in the exchange application content selection screen image G1600 shown in FIG. Therefore, explanation is omitted.

As shown in FIG. 34, in the provision target card selection screen image A3110, a desired card (an example of a desired game object) associated with the user ID of the exchange partner (here, user Ub) is displayed, and the exchange partner user is displayed. Among the desired cards associated with the ID, other game cards (here, Cx, Cy) included in the exhibition card (an example of the provision candidate game object) associated with the user ID of the first user (here, the user Ua) Are preferentially displayed or distinguished from the game cards (here, Cs, Cy, Cu). For example, in the example shown in FIG. 34, the game cards Cx and Cy being surrounded and displayed by the frame image P31001 correspond to an example of the “discrimination display”.

Thereby, the first user recognizes which one of the desired cards of the exchange partner is the exhibition card of the first user based on the display of the provision target card selection screen image A3110 for selecting the provision target card. Can do. Thereby, the first user can prevent the game object that the first user does not want to provide from being erroneously selected when selecting the provision target card from the desired cards of the exchange partner.

  [2] Further, for example, in the exhibition card search screen image G1400 shown in FIG. 9, information used as a game card search condition is not limited to the name of the game card. For example, the game card search condition is for one or more of game card attribute information such as game card name, rarity, number of circulation, special skill, attack power, defense power, cost, sale price, appearance date, etc. It may be set by a combination of these conditions.

  [3] Also, for example, in the above-described game system 1, tables such as the game object information table TBL101, the user information table TBL102, the owned game object information table TBL103, and the exchange application information table TBL104 stored in the data storage unit 310 are stored in the server. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the above table may be held by a device other than the server 30 (for example, the terminal 10) or distributed and held by a plurality of devices (for example, the server 30, the terminal 10) included in the game system 1. Alternatively, a plurality of devices may hold at least a part of the above table in an overlapping manner. Further, for example, at least a part of the table may be held by each of the server 30 and the terminal 10, or only the server 30 or only the terminal 10 may be held. In addition, when the server 30 and the terminal 10 hold | maintain the information of the same table, the server 30 and the terminal 10 are good also as synchronizing the information of the table hold | maintained by each.

  [4] Further, for example, the first terminal 10-1 and the second terminal 10-2 may communicate by P2P (peer-to-peer) without going through the server 30. In this case, for example, either the first terminal 10-1 or the second terminal 10-2 may serve as the function of the server 30. In other words, in this case, either the first terminal 10-1 or the second terminal 10-2 has the data storage unit 310, the display control unit 320, the provision candidate game object selection receiving unit 330, the desired game object selection reception. Unit 340, acquisition target game object selection reception unit 350, exchange partner candidate selection unit 360, exchange partner selection reception unit 370, provision target game object selection reception unit 380, acquisition target game object addition reception unit 390, exchange application reception unit 400 ( 400A), an exchange application selection receiving unit 410 (410A), an acceptance receiving unit 420 (420A), an exchange execution unit 430 (430A), and an exchange partner acquisition target game object selection receiving unit 440 may be further provided.

  [5] For example, the game object exchanged between the first user and the second user is not limited to a game card. For example, the first user and the second user may exchange game cards, game characters, game items, or combinations thereof, respectively.

[4. Addendum]
From the above description, the present invention is grasped as follows, for example. In addition, in order to make an understanding of this invention easy, the code | symbol described in drawing suitably is described in parenthesis, However, This invention is not limited to the aspect of illustration by it.

  1) A game system (1, 1A) according to an aspect of the present invention includes a game system (1, 1A) that executes a game in which game objects (for example, game cards) can be exchanged between user identification information. One or more games set as provision candidate game objects (for example, exhibition cards) from among the game objects associated with the user identification information by the user identified by the user identification information in association with each of the user identification information One or more set as desired game objects (for example, desired cards) by a first storage means (TBL103) for storing an object and a user identified by the user identification information in association with each of the plurality of user identification information Memorize game objects A game object to be obtained from another user by exchange from the first user identified by the storage means (TBL102) and the first user identification information among the plurality of user identification information. An acquisition target game object selection receiving means (350) that receives a selection of a certain acquisition target game object (for example, an acquisition target card), and an exchange partner candidate that is a candidate of an opponent who exchanges the first user identification information and the game object, Among the other user identification information of the plurality of user identification information, the acquisition target game object, the provision candidate game object associated with the other user identification information, and the other user identification information The desired game object associated with the first user identification information The first user receives information regarding the exchange partner candidate selected by the exchange partner candidate selecting means (360) selected based on the provided provision candidate game objects and the exchange partner candidate selecting means (360). Display control means (320, 110) for executing control for display on the display means (15) to be used, wherein the exchange partner candidate selection means (360) is the first of the plurality of user identification information. Among the provision candidate game objects associated with two-user identification information, the acquisition target game object is included, and among the desired game objects associated with the second user identification information, the first user identification When at least one of the provision candidate game objects associated with information is included The second user identification information is selected as the exchange partner candidate.

  16) The exchange control device (30) according to one aspect of the present invention relates to each of the plurality of user identification information in the exchange control device (30) that executes control related to exchange of game objects between the user identification information. The first storage means (TBL103) stores one or more game objects set as the provision candidate game object among the game objects associated with the user identification information by the user identified by the user identification information. Means for acquiring content, and second storage means for storing one or more game objects set as desired game objects by a user identified by the user identification information in association with each of the plurality of user identification information ( TBL102) And an acquisition target game object that is a game object that the first user acquires from another user by exchange from the first user identified by the first user identification information among the plurality of user identification information. An acquisition target game object selection accepting means (350) for accepting selection of the user, and an exchange partner candidate that is a candidate of an opponent for exchanging the first user identification information and the game object, among the plurality of user identification information. Of the acquisition target game object, the provision candidate game object associated with the other user identification information, the desired game object associated with the other user identification information, The provision candidate game object associated with one user identification information; The exchange partner candidate selecting means (360) selected based on the information, and the display means (15) used by the first user to display information on the exchange partner candidate selected by the exchange partner candidate selecting means (360). Display control means (320, 110) for executing control of the exchange partner candidate selection means (360), wherein the exchange partner candidate selection means (360) is associated with second user identification information among the plurality of user identification information The provision candidate game object associated with the first user identification information among the desired game objects including the acquisition target game object among the candidate game objects and associated with the second user identification information When at least one of them is included, the second user identification information is used as the exchange partner candidate. elect.

  17) A program according to an aspect of the present invention is a program for causing a computer to function as the exchange control device (30) described in the game system (1, 1A) or 16) described in 1) to 15).

18) A control method for the game system (1, 1A) according to one aspect of the present invention includes a plurality of control methods for the game system (1, 1A) for executing a game in which game objects can be exchanged between user identification information. One or more game objects set as candidate game objects to be provided from among the game objects associated with the user identification information by the user identified by the user identification information in association with each of the user identification information One or more game objects set as desired game objects by the user identified by the user identification information in association with each of the plurality of user identification information, and storing in the storage means (TBL103) (S314) Second storage means (TBL102) A game object to be obtained from another user by exchanging from the first user identified by the first user identification information among the plurality of user identification information in the storing step (S304) An acquisition target game object selection receiving step (S3 20 ) for receiving selection of an acquisition target game object, and an exchange partner candidate that is a candidate of an opponent for exchanging the first user identification information and the game object. Among the other user identification information of the user identification information, the acquisition target game object, the provision candidate game object associated with the other user identification information, and the other user identification information The desired game object and the first user identification information are associated with each other. A replacement partner candidate selection step (S326) selected based on the provided candidate game object, and display means (15) used by the first user for information on the replacement partner candidate selected in the replacement partner candidate selection step (15) And a display control step (S328, S124, S126) for executing control for display on the second party identification information among the plurality of user identification information in the exchange partner candidate selection step. The acquisition target game object is included in the provided candidate game objects, and the desired game object associated with the second user identification information is associated with the first user identification information. When at least one of the offer candidate game objects is included , It selects the second user identification information as the exchange partner candidates.

  19) A control method for an exchange control device (30) according to an aspect of the present invention is a control method for an exchange control device (30) that executes control related to exchange of game objects between user identification information. A first memory that stores one or more game objects set as provision candidate game objects from among the game objects associated with the user identification information by the user identified by the user identification information in association with each of the identification information. Acquiring the stored contents of the means (TBL103), and storing one or more game objects set as desired game objects by the user identified by the user identification information in association with each of the plurality of user identification information Second storage means (TBL102 A game to be obtained from another user by exchanging the first user from the first user identified by the first user identification information of the plurality of user identification information. An acquisition target game object selection receiving step for receiving selection of an acquisition target game object that is an object, and an exchange partner candidate that is a candidate of an opponent for exchanging the first user identification information and the game object, the plurality of user identification information Among the other user identification information, the acquisition target game object, the provision candidate game object associated with the other user identification information, and the desired game object associated with the other user identification information And the provision candidate associated with the first user identification information A control object candidate selection step selected based on the game object, and a control for causing the display means (15) used by the first user to display information on the exchange partner candidate selected in the exchange partner candidate selection step. A display control step of executing, in the exchange partner candidate selection step, the acquisition target game among the provision candidate game objects associated with second user identification information of the plurality of user identification information When an object is included and at least one of the provision candidate game objects associated with the first user identification information is included among the desired game objects associated with the second user identification information And selecting the second user identification information as the exchange partner candidate .

  20) An information storage medium according to an aspect of the present invention is a computer-readable information storage medium recording the program described in 17) above.

  According to the inventions according to 1) and 16 to 20) above, the first user is a user who may provide the acquisition target game object selected by the first user by exchange, and the first user It is possible to find a user who desires the provision candidate game object as an exchange partner candidate. For the exchange partner candidate, it is possible to provide a game object desired by the opponent in exchange for the acquisition target game object, and therefore, there is a high possibility that an exchange for acquiring the acquisition target game object is established. That is, according to the said invention, it becomes easy for the 1st user to look for the other party with the high possibility that the exchange for acquiring the acquisition object game object which a 1st user will select will be materialized.

  2) In the game system (1, 1A) described in 1) above, the display control means (320, 110) accepts selection of an exchange partner that is an opponent to exchange game objects from among the exchange partner candidates. It is assumed that control for displaying the selection screen image (G1500) for displaying on the display means (15) is executed.

  According to the invention described in 2) above, the first user can select a partner to exchange game objects from among the replacement partner candidates based on the display of the selection screen image. This makes it difficult for the first user to select the wrong opponent as the game object exchange partner.

  3) In the game system (1, 1A) described in 2) above, the selection screen image (G1500) includes, for each of the exchange partner candidates, among the desired game objects associated with the exchange partner candidate. Information related to the game object included in the provision candidate game objects included and associated with the first user identification information is displayed.

  According to the invention described in 3) above, the first user can know which of the first user's provision candidate game objects each of the exchange partner candidates desires based on the display of the selection screen image. it can. For example, based on the information displayed on the selection screen image, the first user provides the first user's provision candidate game object rather than the exchange partner candidate who desires one of the first user's provision candidate game objects. Among them, it is possible to select a candidate exchange partner who wants a plurality, or to select a candidate exchange candidate who desires a provision candidate game object that is less important for the first user. That is, the first user can obtain a determination material for determining which exchange partner candidate should be selected as a game object exchange partner based on the display of the selection screen image.

  4) In the game system (1, 1A) described in 2) or 3) above, the selection screen image (G1500) includes, for each of the exchange partner candidates, the acquisition target game associated with the exchange partner candidate. Information about the object is displayed.

  According to the invention described in 4) above, the first user can obtain information on the acquisition target game object that can be obtained from each of the exchange partner candidates based on the display of the selection screen image. For example, the 1st user can select the exchange partner candidate which can acquire the acquisition object game object suitable as an exchange object more among exchange partner candidates. That is, the first user can obtain a determination material for determining which exchange partner candidate should be selected as a game object exchange partner based on the display of the selection screen image.

  5) In the game system (1, 1A) according to any one of 1) to 4) above, exchange partner selection receiving means (370) for receiving selection of the exchange partner from among the exchange partner candidates from the first user. And providing target game object selection receiving means (380) that receives from the first user a selection of a providing target game object that is a game object to be provided to the exchange partner from among the game objects associated with the first user identification information. ) And exchange application accepting means (400) for accepting, from the first user, an exchange application between the first user and the exchange target game object to be provided and the provision target game object.

  According to the invention described in 5) above, the first user obtains the game to be obtained from the exchange partner in exchange for providing the game object to be provided to the exchange partner selected by the first user from the exchange partner candidates. An exchange for obtaining the object can be applied based on the selection of the first user. Thereby, the 1st user can propose exchange of desired game objects to a desired exchange partner.

  6) In the game system (1, 1A) described in 5) above, a provision target game object selection screen image for accepting selection of the provision target game object from among the game objects associated with the first user identification information Means for executing control for displaying (G1600) on the display means (15).

  According to the invention described in 6) above, the first user can select a game object to be provided to the exchange partner based on the display of the provision target game object selection screen image. This makes it difficult for the first user to select an incorrect game object as a target to be provided to the exchange partner.

  7) In the game system (1, 1A) described in 6) above, a game object associated with the first user identification information is displayed on the provision target game object selection screen image (A1610), and the first Of the game objects associated with the user identification information, the game objects included in the desired game object associated with the user identification information that is the exchange partner are preferentially displayed or displayed with respect to other game objects.

  According to the invention described in 7) above, the first user is based on the display of the provision target game object selection screen image for selecting the provision target game object, and among the game objects associated with the first user identification information It is possible to recognize which is the game object desired by the exchange partner. Thereby, when the first user selects a provision target game object, it becomes easy to select a game object that is easily exchanged with an exchange partner.

  8) In the game system (1, 1A) described in 6) or 7) above, the desired game object associated with the user identification information as the exchange partner is displayed on the provision target game object selection screen image (A3110). Is displayed, and among the desired game objects associated with the user identification information as the exchange partner, the game object included in the provision candidate game object associated with the first user identification information is Display with priority or distinction.

  According to the invention described in the above 8), the first user can determine which one of the game objects desired by the exchange partner is the first based on the display of the provision target game object selection screen image for selecting the provision target game object. It is possible to recognize whether the object is a user provision candidate object. Thereby, when the first user selects the provision candidate game object from the game objects desired by the exchange partner, the first user can prevent the game object that the first user does not want to provide from being erroneously selected. .

  9) In the game system (1, 1A) described in any one of 6) to 8) above, the provision candidate associated with the first user identification information is included in the provision target game object selection screen image (A1610). A game object included in the desired game object associated with the user identification information as the exchange partner is displayed as another game object among the provision candidate game objects associated with the first user identification information on which a game object is displayed. Is preferentially displayed or distinguished.

According to the invention described in 9) above, the first user, based on the display of the provision target game object selection screen image , which of the first user's provision candidate game objects is the game object desired by the exchange partner Can be recognized. This prevents the first user from selecting a game object that the first user does not want to provide when selecting the game object to be provided, and exchange is established with the exchange partner. It becomes easy to select a game object that is easy to play.

  10) In the game system (1, 1A) according to any one of 5) to 9) above, from among the game objects included in the provision candidate game objects associated with the user identification information as the exchange partner And means for executing control for causing the display means (15) of the first user to display an acquisition target game object addition screen image (A1620) for accepting addition of the acquisition target game object. In the object addition screen image (A1620), the provision candidate game object associated with the user identification information as the exchange partner is displayed, and among the provision candidate game objects associated with the user identification information as the exchange partner, The associated with the first user identification information; Game objects included in Nozomu game object is preferentially displayed or distinctively displayed with respect to other game objects.

  According to the invention described in 10) above, the first user can determine which of the exchange candidate provided candidate game objects is based on the display of the acquisition target game object addition screen image for adding the acquisition target game object. It is possible to recognize whether the game object is desired by one user. This makes it easy for the first user to add a game object that is valuable to the exchange partner to the game object to be acquired, and thus balances the value between game objects exchanged by the first user and the exchange partner. It becomes easy. That is, since the first user can apply to the exchange partner for exchange of game objects with a balanced value, the possibility of establishment of the exchange can be increased.

  11) In the game system (1, 1A) according to any one of 5) to 10) above, an acceptance accepting means (420) for accepting consent to the exchange application accepted by the exchange application accepting means (400) from the exchange partner. And when the exchange application is accepted by the acceptance accepting means (420), the exchange between the acquisition target game object and the provision target game object is performed using the first user identification information and the user identification as the exchange partner. And an exchange execution means (430) to be executed with the information.

  According to the invention described in the above 11), when the exchange request made by the first user is approved by the exchange partner, the first user exchanges the exchange partner with providing the game object to be provided to the exchange partner. You can get the game object to get from. Thereby, the game object can be exchanged based on the agreement between the first user and the exchange partner.

In the game system (1A) as claimed in any one of 12) above 5) to 11), replace the applicant for accepting by the exchange application receiving means (400 A) is, by a user identified by the user identification information is the exchange partner If the user is not accepted, a user identified by the user identification information as the exchange partner among the game objects set as the provision candidate game object associated with the first user identification information is exchanged. the selection of available target game object is a game object from one user subject to availability includes means (440) for accepting from the exchange partner, said switching application reception unit (400 a), the first user from the exchange partner The acquisition target game selected by the first user And objects, the exchange request and the availability target game object selected by the user identified by the user identification information is the exchange partner, receiving from the exchange partner, the acceptance accepting means (420 A), the exchange partner the acceptance of the replacement application for said first user from receiving from the first user, the exchange execution unit (430 a), the exchange for said first user from the exchange partner by the acceptance accepting means (420 a) Exchange of the acquisition target game object selected by the first user and the acquisition target game object selected by the user identified by the user identification information as the exchange partner when consent to the application is accepted For the first user identification information and the user identification of the exchange partner. To run with the information.

  According to the invention described in 12) above, even when the first user does not approve the exchange application for the exchange partner, the exchange partner obtains the selection selected from the first user's offer candidate game objects. When the exchange application between the target game object and the acquisition target game object selected by the first user is made by the exchange partner, and the first user accepts the exchange application made by the exchange partner, the acquisition target selected by the first user Exchange of the game object and the acquisition target game object selected by the exchange partner is executed. As a result, for the first user, even if the exchange application made from the first user to the exchange partner is not accepted, the exchange application made to the first user after that is accepted. By doing so, a desired acquisition target game object can be obtained. In addition, the exchange partner can have an opportunity to correct the content of the game object obtained by the exchange in the exchange application received from the first user.

  13) In the game system (1, 1A) according to any one of 1) to 12) above, the first user arbitrarily selects at least one of the acquisition target game object and the provision target game object in one exchange. Selection of the game object of the combination is accepted.

  According to the invention described in 13) above, the first user selects the number of game objects to be selected as the acquisition target game object in one exchange, and which game object to select as the acquisition target game object in one exchange. It becomes possible to select arbitrarily. Also, the first user can arbitrarily select the number of game objects to be selected as the provision target game object in one exchange and which game object to select as the provision target game object in one exchange. . By doing so, it is possible to improve the degree of freedom of exchange, and as a result, it is possible to reduce the loss of opportunity to exchange game objects.

  14) In the game system (1, 1A) according to any one of 1) to 13) above, the game object is a game character, and the game characters can be exchanged between the user identification information.

  According to the invention described in 14) above, the users can exchange game characters. Since it is easy to compare values between game characters, the user can easily determine whether the values of the acquisition target game object and the provision target game object match each other.

  15) In the game system (1, 1A) described in 14) above, a plurality of parameters indicating characteristics in the game are associated with the game character.

  According to the invention described in 15) above, game characters having a plurality of characteristics can be exchanged. According to this, it is possible to exchange game characters selected in consideration of a plurality of characteristics of the game characters.

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Game system, N network, 10-1 , 10-1A 1st terminal, 11 Control part, 12 Storage part, 13 Communication part, 14 Input part, 15 Display part, 10-2 , 10-2A 2nd terminal, 30 Server, 31 control unit, 32 storage unit, 33 communication unit, 110 display control unit, 130 provision candidate game object selection result notification unit, 150 desired game object selection result notification unit, 170 acquisition target game object selection result notification unit, 180 exchange Opponent selection result notification unit, 190 provision target game object selection result notification unit, 200 acquisition target game object addition result notification unit, 210 exchange application notification unit, 120 display control unit, 140 provision candidate game object selection result notification unit, 160 desired game Object selection result notification unit, 220 Exchange application selection result notification unit, 2 30 acceptance result notification unit, 240 exchange partner acquisition target object selection result notification unit, 310 data storage unit, 320 display control unit, 330 provision candidate game object selection reception unit, 340 desired game object selection reception unit, 350 acquisition target game object selection Reception unit, 360 Exchange partner candidate selection unit, 370 Exchange partner selection reception unit, 380 Provision target game object selection reception unit, 390 Acquisition target game object addition reception unit, 400 , 400A exchange application reception unit, 410 , 410A exchange application selection reception Part, 420 , 420A consent acceptance part, 430 , 430A exchange execution part.

Claims (17)

In a game system that executes a game in which game objects can be exchanged between user identification information,
In association with each of the plurality of user identification information, one or more game objects set as provision candidate game objects from among the game objects associated with the user identification information by the user identified by the user identification information are stored. First storage means for
Second storage means for storing one or more game objects set as desired game objects by a user identified by the user identification information in association with each of the plurality of user identification information;
Selection of an acquisition target game object that is a game object to be acquired from another user by exchange from the first user identified by the first user identification information among the plurality of user identification information Obtaining target game object selection receiving means for receiving,
A candidate exchange partner who exchanges the first user identification information and the game object is selected from other user identification information of the plurality of user identification information, the acquisition target game object, The provision candidate game object associated with other user identification information, the desired game object associated with the other user identification information, and the provision candidate game object associated with the first user identification information. Exchange candidate selection means to select based on,
Display control means for executing control for causing the display means used by the first user to display information relating to the exchange partner candidate selected by the exchange partner candidate selection means,
The exchange partner candidate selection means includes the acquisition target game object among the provision candidate game objects associated with second user identification information among the plurality of user identification information, and the second user When the desired game object associated with the identification information includes at least one of the provision candidate game objects associated with the first user identification information, the second user identification information is replaced with the exchange partner. Elected as a candidate,
A game system characterized by that. The game system according to claim 1,
The display control means executes control for causing the display means to display a selection screen image for accepting selection of an exchange partner who is an opponent who exchanges game objects from the exchange partner candidates.
A game system characterized by that. The game system according to claim 2,
In the selection screen image, for each of the exchange partner candidates, the provision candidate game object included in the desired game object associated with the exchange partner candidate and associated with the first user identification information A game system, characterized in that information on game objects contained therein is displayed. The game system according to claim 2 or 3,
In the selection screen image, information on the acquisition target game object associated with the exchange partner candidate is displayed for each of the exchange partner candidates.
A game system characterized by that. The game system according to any one of claims 1 to 4,
Exchange partner selection accepting means for accepting selection of the exchange partner from the exchange partner candidates from the first user;
Providing target game object selection accepting means for accepting selection of a provision target game object that is a game object to be provided to the exchange partner from among the game objects associated with the first user identification information;
The game system characterized by including the exchange application reception means from the said 1st user who receives the exchange application of the said acquisition object game object and the said provision object game object with respect to the said exchange partner from the said 1st user. The game system according to claim 5,
Means for executing control for causing the display means to display a provision target game object selection screen image for accepting selection of the provision target game object from among the game objects associated with the first user identification information;
A game system characterized by that. The game system according to claim 6,
A game object associated with the first user identification information is displayed on the provision target game object selection screen image, and among the game objects associated with the first user identification information, user identification information that is the exchange partner The game object included in the desired game object associated with is preferentially displayed or distinguished from other game objects.
A game system characterized by that. The game system according to claim 6 or 7,
In the provision target game object selection screen image, the desired game object associated with the user identification information as the exchange partner is displayed, and among the desired game objects associated with the user identification information as the exchange partner, The game object included in the provision candidate game object associated with the first user identification information is preferentially displayed or distinguished from other game objects.
A game system characterized by that. The game system according to any one of claims 6 to 8,
The provision target game object selection screen image displays the provision candidate game object associated with the first user identification information, and among the provision candidate game objects associated with the first user identification information, the exchange The game object included in the desired game object associated with the user identification information of the opponent is preferentially displayed or distinguished from other game objects.
A game system characterized by that. The game system according to any one of claims 5 to 9,
The acquisition target game object addition screen image for accepting addition of the acquisition target game object from among the game objects included in the provision candidate game objects associated with the user identification information as the exchange partner is the first user. Means for executing control for displaying on the display means,
In the acquisition target game object addition screen image, the provision candidate game object associated with the user identification information as the exchange partner is displayed, and among the provision candidate game objects associated with the user identification information as the exchange partner The game object included in the desired game object associated with the first user identification information is preferentially displayed or distinguished from other game objects.
A game system characterized by that. The game system according to any one of claims 5 to 10,
Consent for accepting an exchange application received by the exchange application accepting means, an acceptance accepting means for accepting from the exchange partner;
When the exchange application is accepted by the acceptance receiving means, the exchange between the acquisition target game object and the provision target game object is performed between the first user identification information and the user identification information as the exchange partner. An exchange execution means for executing the game system. The game system according to any one of claims 5 to 11,
When the exchange application received by the exchange application accepting unit is not approved by the user identified by the user identification information as the exchange partner, the exchange candidate acceptance object is set as the provision candidate game object associated with the first user identification information. Means for accepting from the exchange partner a selection of an acquisition target game object that is a game object to be obtained from the first user by exchange by a user identified by the user identification information of the exchange partner Including
The exchange application receiving means is selected by the user identified by the user identification information as the exchange partner and the acquisition target game object selected by the first user from the exchange partner to the first user. Accepting an exchange application with the target game object from the exchange partner,
The acceptance accepting means accepts consent for the exchange application from the exchange partner to the first user from the first user,
The exchange execution means, when the consent accepting means accepts the exchange application for the first user from the exchange partner, the game object selected by the first user and the exchange partner The exchange with the acquisition target game object selected by the user identified by the user identification information is performed between the first user identification information and the user identification information as the exchange partner,
A game system characterized by that. The game system according to any one of claims 1 to 12,
Selection of any combination of game objects from the first user is accepted as at least one of the acquisition target game object and the provision target game object in one exchange,
A game system characterized by that. The game system according to any one of claims 1 to 13,
The game object is a game character,
Game characters can be exchanged between the user identification information,
A game system characterized by that. The game system according to claim 14,
A plurality of parameters indicating characteristics in the game are associated with the game character.
A game system characterized by that. In an exchange control device that executes control related to exchange of game objects between user identification information,
In association with each of the plurality of user identification information, one or more game objects set as provision candidate game objects from among the game objects associated with the user identification information by the user identified by the user identification information are stored. Means for acquiring stored contents of the first storage means;
Means for acquiring storage contents of a second storage means for storing one or more game objects set as desired game objects by a user identified by the user identification information in association with each of the plurality of user identification information; ,
Selection of an acquisition target game object that is a game object to be acquired from another user by exchange from the first user identified by the first user identification information among the plurality of user identification information Obtaining target game object selection receiving means for receiving,
A candidate exchange partner who exchanges the first user identification information and the game object is selected from other user identification information of the plurality of user identification information, the acquisition target game object, The provision candidate game object associated with other user identification information, the desired game object associated with the other user identification information, and the provision candidate game object associated with the first user identification information. Exchange candidate selection means to select based on,
Display control means for executing control for causing the display means used by the first user to display information relating to the exchange partner candidate selected by the exchange partner candidate selection means,
The exchange partner candidate selection means includes the acquisition target game object among the provision candidate game objects associated with second user identification information among the plurality of user identification information, and the second user When the desired game object associated with the identification information includes at least one of the provision candidate game objects associated with the first user identification information, the second user identification information is replaced with the exchange partner. Elected as a candidate,
An exchange control device characterized by that. A program for causing a computer to function as the game system according to claim 1 or the exchange control device according to claim 16.

Images